diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 305571afa7..956e11901b 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-EXO	front	intro	b4pp			0		# Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)\n    *   First genealogy (1:1–6)\n    *   Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n    *   Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n    *   Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n    *   Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n    *   Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n    *   The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n    *   The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n    *   Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)\n    *   Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n    *   The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n    *   The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n    *   The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n    *   Design of the Dwelling and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; dwelling functions (25:1–31:18)\n    *   The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n    *   The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n    *   Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n    *   The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the Dwelling. The Dwelling was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was a very powerful nation in the region at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and that they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the Dwelling.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the Dwelling in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the Dwelling was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the Dwelling among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.\n<br>
-EXO	1	intro	cj55			0		# Exodus 01 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.\n\n- v. 1-7: Jacob’s family grows\n- v. 8-22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites’ growth\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Israel’s growth\n\nIsrael grew in number. This was the beginning of God’s fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n-  “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”\nThis number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.\n- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.\n- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of God’s people. They “acted wisely toward him” (or shrewdly, see [1:10](../01/10.md)) by lying to foil Pharaoh.\n- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens).<br>
+EXO	front	intro	b4pp			0		# Introduction to Exodus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Exodus<br><br>1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)<br>    * First genealogy (1:1–6)<br>    * Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)<br>    * Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)<br>    * Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)<br>    * Second genealogy (6:14–27)<br>    * Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)<br>    * The plagues (8:1–11:10)<br>2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)<br>3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)<br>    * The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)<br>    * Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)<br>4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)<br>    * Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)<br>    * The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)<br>    * The covenant described (20:18–23:33)<br>    * The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)<br>    * Design of the Dwelling and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; dwelling functions (25:1–31:18)<br>    * The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)<br>    * The covenant described again (34:1–35)<br>    * Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)<br>    * The cloud (40:34–38)<br><br>### What is the book of Exodus about?<br><br>Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.<br><br>The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the Dwelling. The Dwelling was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Exodus?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.<br><br>### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?<br><br>Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was a very powerful nation in the region at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and that they should worship him.<br><br>### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?<br><br>The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Jewish Passover?<br><br>The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?<br><br>The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the Dwelling.<br><br>### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?<br><br>Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Thus says Yahweh<br><br>This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.<br><br>### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart<br><br>Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).<br><br>### Why are the details of the construction of the Dwelling in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?<br><br>In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the Dwelling was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were careful to do exactly as God commanded.<br><br>### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.<br><br>### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?<br><br>The book of Exodus presents God as living in the Dwelling among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.<br><br>
+EXO	1	intro	cj55			0		# Exodus 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.<br><br>- v. 1-7: Jacob’s family grows<br>- v. 8-22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites’ growth<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Israel’s growth<br><br>Israel grew in number. This was the beginning of God’s fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>- “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”<br>This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.<br>- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.<br>- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of God’s people. They “acted wisely toward him” (or shrewdly, see [1:10](../01/10.md)) by lying to foil Pharaoh.<br>- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens).<br>
 EXO	1	1	h51f	writing-background		0		Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 EXO	1	1	fxbx	figs-go	הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ	1		The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	1	1	e65z	translate-names	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1		**Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ EXO	1	9	x65i	figs-possession	עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	his people	The people whom the
 EXO	1	9	t7s1		עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1		There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: (1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or (2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2.
 EXO	1	9	jik8		מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ	1		Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “and much greater than us”
 EXO	1	9	njuf	figs-quotemarks	הִנֵּ֗ה	1		Beginning from **behold** and extending to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quotation of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO	1	10	hiq4	figs-exclusive	נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה…שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ…בָּ֖⁠נוּ	1	let us	The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians.  Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+EXO	1	10	hiq4	figs-exclusive	נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה…שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ…בָּ֖⁠נוּ	1	let us	The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EXO	1	10	wkvf	grammar-collectivenouns	ל֑⁠וֹ…יִרְבֶּ֗ה…וְ⁠נוֹסַ֤ף…הוּא֙…וְ⁠נִלְחַם…וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה	1	let us	Here, **him, he**, and **himself** refer to the Israelite people. The pronouns agree grammatically with the singular “people” in the original. This occurs in many places in Exodus. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the plural, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	1	10	il4u	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙	1		The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 EXO	1	10	jc1h		וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	leave the land	Alternate translation: “and he leaves Egypt”
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ EXO	1	21	jx9c		בָּתִּֽים	1	he gave them families	Alternate translation:
 EXO	1	22	ld1j	figs-explicit	כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ	1	You must throw every son…into the river	This order was given in order to drown the male Hebrew children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	1	22	a6b2	figs-quotations	וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1		From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	1	22	stag	figs-youdual	תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1		The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
-EXO	2	intro	rwf3			0		# Exodus 02 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-10: Moses’ birth and early life\n- v. 11-15: Moses’ attempted intervention and flight\n- v. 16-22: Moses settles in Midian\n- v. 23-25: God sees the Israelites’ plight\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Covenant\n\nAt the end of the chapter, God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Identification of participants\n\n* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.\n\n### Moses’ heritage\n\nIn the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian. \n\n### Ironic situations\n\n* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.\n* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but the people rejected him at this point (see Acts 7).<br>
+EXO	2	intro	rwf3			0		# Exodus 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-10: Moses’ birth and early life<br>- v. 11-15: Moses’ attempted intervention and flight<br>- v. 16-22: Moses settles in Midian<br>- v. 23-25: God sees the Israelites’ plight<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Covenant<br><br>At the end of the chapter, God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Identification of participants<br><br>* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.<br><br>### Moses’ heritage<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian. <br><br>### Ironic situations<br><br>* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.<br>* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but the people rejected him at this point (see Acts 7).<br>
 EXO	2	1	wvj9	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ	1	Now	A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	2	1	riy7	writing-participants	אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת	1		These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 EXO	2	1	mp7m	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי	1		Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ EXO	2	3	v825	translate-unknown	וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת	1	pitch	This is a st
 EXO	2	3	y8gq	translate-unknown	בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף	1	reeds	These **reeds** were a type of tall grass with wide blades that formed a flat surface when woven together. They grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	2	4	av8b		וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק	1	at a distance	This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language.
 EXO	2	4	uf14	figs-abstractnouns	מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק	1		This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distance** in another way. Alternate translation: “not far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EXO	2	4	ruvb	translate-kinship	אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ	1		Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she was older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages or the gender of the siblings or both, use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])<br>
-EXO	2	4	z1cy	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ	1		This is her purpose in being close by.  Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	2	4	ruvb	translate-kinship	אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ	1		Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she was older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages or the gender of the siblings or both, use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+EXO	2	4	z1cy	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ	1		This is her purpose in being close by. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	2	5	m3i0	figs-go	וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד	1		**Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	2	5	y26h	writing-participants	וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙	1		The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 EXO	2	5	jjke	writing-participants	וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ	1		These women are introduced here as new participants; however, they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ EXO	2	6	tyub	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י
 EXO	2	6	jg0d	figs-quotemarks	מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה	1		This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	2	7	x5ja		וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת	1		This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not yet have a plan for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here.
 EXO	2	7	d7aj		מֵינֶ֔קֶת…וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק	1	nurse	Here, **nursing** or **to nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast.
-EXO	2	7	tqq9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד	1		This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal.  Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	2	7	tqq9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד	1		This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	2	8	ab1m	figs-go	לֵ֑כִי…וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙	1		The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	2	9	u554	writing-participants	לָ֣⁠הּ	1		The child’s mother is reintroduced as a participant. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. Alternative translation: “to the baby’s mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 EXO	2	9	mogg		שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ	1		This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby.
@@ -109,12 +109,12 @@ EXO	2	10	zj8h	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠
 EXO	2	10	j7n1		וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן	1	he became her son	Alternate translation: “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter”
 EXO	2	10	h7to	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1		These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separation between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 EXO	2	10	nh2m		מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ	1	Because I drew him from the water	Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’”
-EXO	2	10	ityq	figs-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ	1		**For** begins a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation.  Alternate translation: “because she said she drew him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+EXO	2	10	ityq	figs-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ	1		**For** begins a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she drew him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	2	11	tyol	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א	1		A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EXO	2	11	p7gx	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗	1		This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	2	11	uy39	figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א	1		The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	2	11	swn3		מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י	1	striking a Hebrew	Alternate translation: “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew”
-EXO	2	12	m9bn	figs-merism	וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה	1	He looked this way and that way	These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.”  If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+EXO	2	12	m9bn	figs-merism	וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה	1	He looked this way and that way	These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 EXO	2	12	rmgn	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּךְ֙	1		The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	2	13	qn45	figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙	1	He went out	See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	2	13	wqrm	translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1		The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ EXO	2	16	esdm	translate-numbers	שֶׁ֣בַע	1		7 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/trans
 EXO	2	16	i2jh		וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה	1	drew water	This means that they brought up water from a well.
 EXO	2	16	g1e6	translate-unknown	הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים	1	troughs	The **troughs** were long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	2	17	k5yc	figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ	1		A group of **men came**. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. Use an appropriate form of moving verb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-EXO	2	17	zksv	writing-participants	הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים	1		These are new characters only seen briefly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+EXO	2	17	zksv	writing-participants	הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים	1		These are new characters only seen briefly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 EXO	2	17	z17m	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם	1	helped them	Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EXO	2	18	omzv	figs-go	וַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה	1		The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use either come or go, whichever is more natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	2	18	t78y	translate-names	רְעוּאֵ֖ל	1		**Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ EXO	2	23	ym88	writing-background		0		Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happene
 EXO	2	23	csg2		וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ	1	groaned	They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”
 EXO	2	23	x84a	figs-personification	וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	their pleas went up to God	The **plea** of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God heard their pleading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 EXO	2	24	sja4	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	God called to mind his covenant	This a common biblical way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO	3	intro	n6ze			0		# Exodus 03 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n\nThis chapter is one conversation in which Yahweh begins to commission and send Moses to rescue the Israelites.\n\nThis chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nGod is so holy that people can not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Yahweh\n\nThe name Yahweh is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. Yahweh is probably related to the phrase “I am” which he tells Moses in verse 14. Some translations use all capitals to set this apart: “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Participants\n\n“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.\n<br>
+EXO	3	intro	n6ze			0		# Exodus 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is one conversation in which Yahweh begins to commission and send Moses to rescue the Israelites.<br><br>This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness<br><br>God is so holy that people can not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Yahweh<br><br>The name Yahweh is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. Yahweh is probably related to the phrase “I am” which he tells Moses in verse 14. Some translations use all capitals to set this apart: “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Participants<br><br>“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.<br><br>
 EXO	3	1	gqvh	writing-newevent	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה	1		This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	3	1	oqcr	writing-background		0		Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 EXO	3	1	l7x6	figs-possession	כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן	1		This is a possessive of social relationship. **Jethro** is a **priest** who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ EXO	3	5	prv9	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם א
 EXO	3	6	sxk8		אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob	All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
 EXO	3	6	fgym	figs-quotemarks	אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1		This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the direct quotation with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	3	6	l5sy		אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	your father	This could mean (1) “your father,” if it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’ own father (2) “your ancestor,” if it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. In most cases, it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’ father.
-EXO	3	6	lfbb	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1		Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
+EXO	3	6	lfbb	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1		Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
 EXO	3	7	nl33	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1		After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	3	7	xoz0	figs-idiom	רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי	1		The Hebrew practice of verb repetition for intensification cannot be directly translated into English. Here, “see” is repeated in Hebrew. This expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s having **seen** how his people were suffering. Use a natural form of strengthening a verb from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	3	7	tpk0	figs-possession	אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י	1		There are two possessives here: 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ EXO	3	7	xx7r		נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו	1	taskmasters	Alternate translation: “
 EXO	3	7	ofxt		כִּ֥י	1		Here, **surely** is intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength.
 EXO	3	7	mfn2	grammar-collectivenouns	נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו…מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1		These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people.”) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	3	7	hkcj	figs-possession	מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1		This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of **anguish.** Your translation should express that they are deeply distressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-EXO	3	7	ui28	figs-explicit	מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1		It is implied that they are deeply distressed because they are treated badly as slaves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	3	7	ui28	figs-explicit	מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1		It is implied that they are deeply distressed because they are treated badly as slaves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	3	7	zth8	figs-abstractnouns	מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **anguish** in another way. Alternate translation: “how distressed they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	3	8	a1yv	grammar-connect-logic-result		0		Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “Therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “Again, because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	3	8	xy36	figs-go	וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד	1		God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this phrase means that his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ EXO	3	21	kt7b	figs-litotes	לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם	1	will not g
 EXO	3	22	w2av		וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ	1	any women staying in her neighbors’ houses	The word, **sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations which make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best.
 EXO	3	22	fmfu	figs-youdual	וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם	1		Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	3	22	h38j	figs-quotemarks	מִצְרָֽיִם	1		After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word which started in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO	4	intro	kap5			0		# Exodus 04 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-17: Moses hesitates to obey so Yahweh gives Moses signs to prove his commission\n- v. 18-28: Moses goes back to Egypt\n- v. 29-31: Moses and Aaron meet with the Israelite leaders and tell them what Yahweh said\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n### Quotations\n\n * There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.\n\n### Order of events\n\n* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).\n* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThe first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.\n\n### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone\n\nThe encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:\n\n* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.\n* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])\n* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.\n* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.\n\n## Study Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Children of God\n\nThis chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])\n\n### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart\n\nScholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over how Pharaoh has an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
+EXO	4	intro	kap5			0		# Exodus 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-17: Moses hesitates to obey so Yahweh gives Moses signs to prove his commission<br>- v. 18-28: Moses goes back to Egypt<br>- v. 29-31: Moses and Aaron meet with the Israelite leaders and tell them what Yahweh said<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>### Quotations<br><br> * There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.<br><br>### Order of events<br><br>* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).<br>* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.<br><br>### Thus says Yahweh<br><br>The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.<br><br>### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone<br><br>The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:<br><br>* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.<br>* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br>* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.<br>* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.<br><br>## Study Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Children of God<br><br>This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])<br><br>### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over how Pharaoh has an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
 EXO	4	1	j4yg		וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר	1	if they do not believe	Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered”
-EXO	4	1	b3xv	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה	1		This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EXO	4	1	b3xv	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה	1		This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	4	1	pq8x	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י	1		See [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	4	1	neto	figs-quotesinquotes	לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה	1		This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 EXO	4	1	fu2x		וְ⁠הֵן֙	1		This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.”
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ EXO	4	11	uq7j	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	I
 EXO	4	12	kkr1	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ	1	I will be with your mouth	Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	4	13	brer		בִּ֣י	1		This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please”
 EXO	4	13	s8nl		שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח	1		In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission.
-EXO	4	13	y4a7	figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠יַד	1		This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+EXO	4	13	y4a7	figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠יַד	1		This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	4	14	uy2v	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה	1		This means that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	4	14	ifax	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1		Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	4	14	okko	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י	1		Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -321,11 +321,11 @@ EXO	4	15	q9cf	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־
 EXO	4	15	v57x	figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן	1	with his mouth	These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	4	16	mnsp	figs-simile	לְ⁠פֶ֔ה	1		This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	4	16	gn5v	figs-simile	תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים	1	you will be to him like me, God	The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-EXO	4	17	hm47	figs-explicit	הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1		Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff**, he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [verse 2](../04/02.md) and with which God told him to do a miracle in [verses 3-4](../04/03.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+EXO	4	17	hm47	figs-explicit	הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1		Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff**, he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [verse 2](../04/02.md) and with which God told him to do a miracle in [verses 3-4](../04/03.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	4	18	j2ix	writing-participants	יֶ֣תֶר	1		Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 EXO	4	18	cbop	figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ	1		Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	4	18	b6mf	translate-kinship	חֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ	1	father-in-law	This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. If your language uses a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father use the one for wife’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-EXO	4	18	wlit	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1		Here, **he** refers to  Moses. Alternate translation: “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+EXO	4	18	wlit	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1		Here, **he** refers to Moses. Alternate translation: “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	4	18	g1h1	writing-pronouns	ל⁠וֹ֙	1		Here, **him** refers to Jethro. Alternate translation: “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	4	18	urt0	figs-metonymy	אַחַ֣⁠י	1		Here the term **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses’ people group, those he is related to. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	4	18	gq2g	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים	1		Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ EXO	4	18	yay3	translate-blessing	לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם	1		This is a
 EXO	4	19	wwr8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙	1		The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EXO	4	19	clfj		הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1		This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him.
 EXO	4	20	fua6	figs-extrainfo	בָּנָ֗י⁠ו	1		Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. It is not necessary to make this explicit here, if it would confuse your readers you could add a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-EXO	4	20	zi5m	figs-123person	וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1		It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that Moses’ family went with him.  If this is confusing in your language, you may need to change from **he** to “they” **returned**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO	4	20	zi5m	figs-123person	וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1		It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that Moses’ family went with him. If this is confusing in your language, you may need to change from **he** to “they” **returned**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	4	20	a1s5	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1		After the incident on the road in verses [24-26](../04/24.md). Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md), which says that Moses sent them back, so it may be better to make a translation similar to the UST, which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s **toward** is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EXO	4	20	f26l	figs-explicit	מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1		The phrase **the staff of God** refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in [verse 17](../04/17.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	4	20	m4uj	figs-explicit	מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1		The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power or power from Moses or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, first God told Moses to do something with the staff, then Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ EXO	4	25	b2t3	figs-metaphor	כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖
 EXO	4	26	ceqk	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף	1		God **relented** as a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	4	26	o4zt	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף	1		Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	4	26	k136	writing-pronouns	מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1		As in [4:24](../04/24.md), **him** could refer to either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO	4	26	r8hj	figs-quotations	חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים	1		This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Use a form from your language for quoting a portion of what someone previously said.  If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+EXO	4	26	r8hj	figs-quotations	חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים	1		This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Use a form from your language for quoting a portion of what someone previously said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	4	26	abmg	figs-quotemarks	חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת	1		It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision**, and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	4	27	xk6b	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1	Yahweh said to Aaron	You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	4	27	qxpc	writing-participants	אַהֲרֹ֔ן	1		**Aaron** is introduced as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ EXO	4	30	x1v3		הָ⁠עָֽם	1		Context suggests that **people** refers to the
 EXO	4	31	glp2		הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1		Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md).
 EXO	4	31	q1er		פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	had observed the Israelites	Alternate translation: “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”
 EXO	4	31	g83a	translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ	1	they bowed their heads	This action was an expression of thankful worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-EXO	5	intro	kea2			0		# Exodus 05 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-5: Moses gives Pharaoh Yahweh’s message\n- v. 6-21: Pharaoh makes the Israelites work harder\n- v. 22-23: Moses asks Yahweh why things went badly\n<br>
+EXO	5	intro	kea2			0		# Exodus 05 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-5: Moses gives Pharaoh Yahweh’s message<br>- v. 6-21: Pharaoh makes the Israelites work harder<br>- v. 22-23: Moses asks Yahweh why things went badly<br><br>
 EXO	5	1	q0zv	writing-newevent	וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1		The time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	5	1	q9kn	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	After these things happened	It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited before they went to see Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EXO	5	1	cudx	figs-go	בָּ֚אוּ	1		In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ EXO	5	10	gb4d	figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	I will no longer give you	**You**is
 EXO	5	11	ewg6	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ	1		The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between **I** and **you.** See the previous verse. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EXO	5	11	xe4i	figs-youdual	אַתֶּ֗ם	1	you can find…your workload	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	5	11	w918	figs-rpronouns	אַתֶּ֗ם…לָ⁠כֶם֙	1	You yourselves must go	The repetition of **you** (as **your**) emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-EXO	5	11	g5vb	figs-doublenegatives	כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר	1	your workload will not be reduced	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement.  Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+EXO	5	11	g5vb	figs-doublenegatives	כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר	1	your workload will not be reduced	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	5	12	s9dk	figs-hyperbole	בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	throughout all the land of Egypt	This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that means many places. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 EXO	5	12	q7y7	translate-unknown	קַ֖שׁ	1	stubble	**Stubble** is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	5	13	th6x		וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים	1	taskmasters	**Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ EXO	5	17	a8o2	figs-quotemarks	נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠
 EXO	5	18	x9j7	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	5	18	z6wt	figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶ֑ם…תִּתֵּֽנּוּ	1		Here, **you** means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	5	19	x6pp	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EXO	5	19	l9d2	figs-rpronouns	אֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	when they were told	Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation.  Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+EXO	5	19	l9d2	figs-rpronouns	אֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	when they were told	Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 EXO	5	19	j6f9		וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ…אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1		Alternate translation: “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves to be in danger, because the king said”
 EXO	5	20	ve3z	writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙	1	palace	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	5	20	s9d2	writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙…לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם	1		Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ EXO	5	21	d592	figs-metonymy	חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם	1	have put a s
 EXO	5	22	g4d5	figs-rquestion	לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי	1	Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people?	This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I thought you sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	5	23	v2k2	figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	to speak to him in your name	Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	5	23	fzir	figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ	1		In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO	6	intro	we5k			0		# Exodus 06 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-13, 28-30: Yahweh repeats his commissioning of Moses after the bad events recorded in chapter 5\n- v. 14-27: Genealogy of Moses and Aaron\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Repetition of events:\n\nMost of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, Yahweh reminds Moses of his promises and power.\n\n### Referring to God\n\nA name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties:\n\nWith little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.\n\n## Study Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Promised Land\n\nAccording to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### God and his people\n\nIn verse 7, note the mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.<br>
+EXO	6	intro	we5k			0		# Exodus 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-13, 28-30: Yahweh repeats his commissioning of Moses after the bad events recorded in chapter 5<br>- v. 14-27: Genealogy of Moses and Aaron<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Repetition of events:<br><br>Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, Yahweh reminds Moses of his promises and power.<br><br>### Referring to God<br><br>A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties:<br><br>With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.<br><br>## Study Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Promised Land<br><br>According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### God and his people<br><br>In verse 7, note the mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.<br>
 EXO	6	1	ip5i	figs-quotemarks	עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1		This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	6	1	lu95	grammar-connect-time-sequential	עַתָּ֣ה	1		This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EXO	6	1	ece6	figs-metonymy	בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה	1	my strong hand	Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -526,13 +526,13 @@ EXO	6	24	i6o7	translate-names	הַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי	1		This was the name of
 EXO	6	25	zvg2	translate-names	וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר…אַהֲרֹ֜ן…פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙…פִּֽינְחָ֑ס	1	Phinehas	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	6	25	fck8	figs-metonymy	רָאשֵׁ֛י	1	These were the heads of the fathers’ houses	Here, **heads** represents family leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	6	26	ft6y	translate-unknown	עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	by their groups of fighting men	The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	6	27	o7xp	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא	1		This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh.  Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	6	27	o7xp	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא	1		This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	6	28	xssl	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם	1		This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	6	30	zyqs	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1		Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	6	30	nf3w	figs-rquestion	הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה	1	I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me?	Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	6	30	y4g2		הֵ֤ן	1		**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
 EXO	6	30	vzhq	figs-metaphor	אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם	1		This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	7	intro	r9we			0		# Exodus 07 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n\n- v. 1-9: The end of Yahweh’s re-sending of Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh\n- v. 10-13: Pharaoh’s first refusal, the sign of the snakes\n- v. 14-25: First plague: the Nile turns to blood\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Miracles\n\nWhen Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that he was not willing to obey Yahweh’s instructions.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Include:\n\n- Moses as God to Pharaoh\n- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs\n- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion\n- Up to third-level quotations\n\n<br>
+EXO	7	intro	r9we			0		# Exodus 07 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-9: The end of Yahweh’s re-sending of Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh<br>- v. 10-13: Pharaoh’s first refusal, the sign of the snakes<br>- v. 14-25: First plague: the Nile turns to blood<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Miracles<br><br>When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br><br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that he was not willing to obey Yahweh’s instructions.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Include:<br><br>- Moses as God to Pharaoh<br>- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs<br>- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion<br>- Up to third-level quotations<br><br>
 EXO	7	1	r18p	figs-quotemarks	מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1		After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	7	1	gy1t		רְאֵ֛ה	1		This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully”
 EXO	7	1	dn1s	figs-metaphor	נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	I have made you like a god	This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -546,9 +546,9 @@ EXO	7	4	ar0l	figs-youdual	אֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙	1		Here, **you** means Moses and A
 EXO	7	4	e2kv	figs-metonymy	יָדִ֖⁠י	1	put my hand on	The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	7	4	b6h8	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם	1		Here, **on Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	7	4	nilu		אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1		These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. Here, **armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”
-EXO	7	5	cg3n	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1		This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EXO	7	5	cg3n	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1		This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	7	5	npd6	figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל	1	reach out with my hand on	This phrase represents God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	7	5	dguc	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם	1		The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites.  Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	7	5	dguc	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם	1		The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	7	6	iii5	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ	1		This repetition emphasizes the statement. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EXO	7	7	liir	writing-background		0		This verse contains background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 EXO	7	7	g7i5	translate-numbers	שְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים	1	Aaron eighty-three years old	Alternate translation: “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ EXO	7	17	j1ev		כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	strike the water	This qu
 EXO	7	17	mywj	figs-quotesinquotes	בְּ⁠זֹ֣את	1		This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quotation actually ends before or after **Behold,** in which case, in the rest of the quote **I** refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 EXO	7	17	jjm3		הִנֵּ֨ה	1		**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this”
 EXO	7	18	bsjn	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר	1		His warning,**the river will stink**, will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EXO	7	18	nx0q	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause.  Alternative translation: “in order to find water to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	7	18	nx0q	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternative translation: “in order to find water to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	7	18	rgl0	figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1		Here, **themselves** refers back to the subject (**the Egyptians**) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Use a natural form in your language to show that the Egyptians are both subject and object. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians will exhaust the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 EXO	7	18	grwh	figs-quotemarks	מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר	1		After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	7	19	ysi7	figs-merism	עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם ׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1		This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ EXO	7	24	m6zn	figs-hyperbole	כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם	1	All the Egyptians	Th
 EXO	7	25	bn5h	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א	1		A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	7	25	gjyb	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים	1		This means seven days later. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	7	25	dg56	translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֣ת	1		Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO	8	intro	ww1y			0		# Exodus 08 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n\n- v. 1-15: Second plague: frogs\n- v. 16-19: Third plague (first that magicians cannot imitate): gnats\n- v. 20-32: Fourth plague: flies\n\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each\n- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter\n- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is\n\n\n### Lifting up the hand and staff:\n\nIn the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.\n<br>
+EXO	8	intro	ww1y			0		# Exodus 08 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-15: Second plague: frogs<br>- v. 16-19: Third plague (first that magicians cannot imitate): gnats<br>- v. 20-32: Fourth plague: flies<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each<br>- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter<br>- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is<br><br>### Lifting up the hand and staff:<br><br>In the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.<br><br>
 EXO	8	1	tf7b	figs-quotations	בֹּ֖א	1		This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	8	1	v6ll		כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1		This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
 EXO	8	1	lndc	figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּ֚ה	1		Here, **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ EXO	8	1	kure	figs-quotesinquotes	שַׁלַּ֥ח	1		This begins a third-level q
 EXO	8	2	s7y1	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ	1		What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	8	2	aei8		הִנֵּ֣ה	1		Here, **behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out”
 EXO	8	3	vgby	figs-merism	בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1		This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-EXO	8	4	okok	figs-quotemarks		0		Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EXO	8	4	okok	figs-quotemarks		0		Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	8	5	ley6	figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן	1		It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	8	5	dqsb	figs-quotemarks	נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1		This is a second-level direct quotation if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation. In that case, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	8	5	ejcx		יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1		See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ EXO	8	5	z19q	figs-merism	עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְ
 EXO	8	6	wf3a	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙	1		It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	8	6	nrbq	figs-explicit	יָד֔⁠וֹ	1		It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	8	6	j1w7	figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י	1		Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile, symbolizing all the water of Egypt. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-EXO	8	6	drmg	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙	1		[Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	8	6	drmg	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙	1		[Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	8	6	rxze	grammar-collectivenouns	הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ	1		There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that would be misunderstood in your language, you may simply use the plural, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	8	6	j83d	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1		This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	8	7	n02y	translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1		See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -623,8 +623,8 @@ EXO	8	8	tx3t	figs-quotations	אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ
 EXO	8	8	qku4	figs-hypo	וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1		This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Use a natural form in your language for hypothetical situations. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 EXO	8	9	khfd	figs-irony	הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒	1		Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaoh’s powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 EXO	8	9	g0lu	figs-merism	לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔…מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ	1		These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-EXO	8	10	ofw3	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1		This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md), after Moses says the frogs will leave. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-EXO	8	10	d1wp	figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1		Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians.  Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+EXO	8	10	ofw3	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1		This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md), after Moses says the frogs will leave. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	8	10	d1wp	figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1		Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EXO	8	11	zwqo	figs-merism	מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1		This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as was its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 EXO	8	12	jjv2		שָׂ֥ם	1		Alternate translation: “Yahweh had set”
 EXO	8	12	nxyi	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן	1		A minor scene shift occurs here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ EXO	8	20	vnym		הִנֵּ֖ה	1		**Behold** is used to draw attention to importa
 EXO	8	20	uypa	figs-quotations	כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1		This phrase opens a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	8	20	eqd2		כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	Let my people go	This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
 EXO	8	20	a7l7	figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּ֥ח	1		This phrase opens a second-level direct quotation which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md), unless you made **thus says Yahweh** an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO	8	20	fgl3	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי	1		This is the purpose of the people being let go.  Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	8	20	fgl3	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי	1		This is the purpose of the people being let go. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	8	21	hitq		הִנְ⁠נִי֩	1		The expression **behold me!** is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
 EXO	8	21	hwcl	grammar-collectivenouns	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1		Here, **the swarm** is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of flying, biting insects traveling in a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	8	21	l5z7	translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1		Here, **the swarm** probably refers to the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ EXO	8	21	foli	figs-merism	בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ
 EXO	8	22	mv8w	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב	1	General Information:	This is the goal of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	8	22	apum	grammar-collectivenouns	עָרֹ֑ב	1		This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	8	22	qb9h	translate-unknown	עָרֹ֑ב	1		These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	8	22	refq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1		This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse.  Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	8	22	refq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1		This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	8	22	a28h		אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1		Here, **am** could be connecting **I** and **Yahweh** or it could be connecting **I, Yahweh** and **in the middle of the land**. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land”
 EXO	8	23	oxr5	figs-abstractnouns	פְדֻ֔ת	1		This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly, it can mean “to save or rescue.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **redemption**, you could express the same idea in another way. See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	8	23	tf4j	translate-textvariants	פְדֻ֔ת	1		Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the [previous verse](../08/22.md). Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ EXO	8	23	tb24	figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥
 EXO	8	24	gw3c	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן	1		The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him, and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	8	24	lk5s	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן	1		There is a minor scene change here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	8	24	ut0f	translate-unknown	עָרֹ֣ב	1		There are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	8	24	dg0k	figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙	1		Some languages may need to translate this as "going" rather than "coming." Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+EXO	8	24	dg0k	figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙	1		Some languages may need to translate this as “going” rather than “coming.” Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	8	24	tmcf	figs-merism	בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו	1		This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt), as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 EXO	8	24	nd6e	figs-activepassive	תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב	1	the land was ruined because of the swarms of flies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	8	24	ngue	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב	1		Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -693,14 +693,14 @@ EXO	8	29	h94t		הִנֵּ֨ה	1		**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attenti
 EXO	8	29	jirm	translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב	1		These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	8	29	yvcl	figs-123person	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה…פַּרְעֹה֙	1		Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you … you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	8	29	la3z	figs-merism	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ	1		This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-EXO	8	29	bf85	figs-doublenegatives	אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement.  Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+EXO	8	29	bf85	figs-doublenegatives	אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	8	29	hh4q		רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל	1	But you must not deal deceitfully	Alternate translation: “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us”
 EXO	8	30	tull	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1		There is a minor scene shift here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	8	31	rj50	translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1		These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	8	31	iyhn	figs-merism	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1		This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 EXO	8	31	mb4r	figs-hyperbole	לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד	1		This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that emphasizes thoroughness or complete lack of the swarm. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 EXO	8	32	sb5l	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Pharaoh hardened his heart	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	9	intro	hqw8			0		# Exodus 09 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock\n- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils\n- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail\n    -v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general<br>
+EXO	9	intro	hqw8			0		# Exodus 09 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br>- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock<br>- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils<br>- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail<br>- v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general<br>
 EXO	9	1	se3f	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙	1	General Information:	A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	9	1	p1oj	figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1		After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two additional levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	9	1	fo4o	figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים	1		You may want to translate the second-level quotation beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ EXO	9	4	fs25	figs-metonymy	מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Egypt’s cat
 EXO	9	4	k5rx		דָּבָֽר	1		Alternate translation: “animal”
 EXO	9	4	xk5d		מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1		Alternate translation: “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel”
 EXO	9	5	vqz2		וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד	1	fixed a time	Alternate translation: “And Yahweh made an appointed time”
-EXO	9	5	w8gk		לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1		This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.<br>.
+EXO	9	5	w8gk		לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1		This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.
 EXO	9	5	pxb1	figs-123person	יְהוָ֛ה	1		Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore, you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	9	6	gt3n	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה	1		It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	9	6	cx5i	figs-hyperbole	כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה	1	All the cattle of Egypt died	This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -739,25 +739,25 @@ EXO	9	8	u5wn		פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן	1		Alternate translation: “a
 EXO	9	8	gk7f	grammar-collectivenouns	פִּ֖יחַ	1		Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	9	8	gu1v		הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה	1		Alternate translation: “toward the sky”
 EXO	9	8	p795	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה	1		The phrase **before the eyes of Pharaoh** means in his sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	9	9	d2v3	translate-unknown	לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת	1	fine	To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful,  the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO	9	9	d2v3	translate-unknown	לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת	1	fine	To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful, the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	9	9	jlh0	figs-gendernotations	הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם	1		Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 EXO	9	10	wdcn	grammar-collectivenouns	פִּ֣יחַ	1		Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	9	10	dp3l		פִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן	1		Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
-EXO	9	10	ufpn	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1		Here, **before the face of Pharaoh** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” or "and stood in the presence of Pharaoh" See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO	9	10	ufpn	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1		Here, **before the face of Pharaoh** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” or “and stood in the presence of Pharaoh” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	9	10	xmbw		הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1		Alternate translation: “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
-EXO	9	10	jhzb	translate-unknown	שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ	1		To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful,  the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO	9	10	jhzb	translate-unknown	שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ	1		To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful, the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	9	10	rdo3	figs-gendernotations	בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1		Here, **man** includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 EXO	9	11	jrc3		הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים…בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם	1		See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md).
 EXO	9	11	dxsx	figs-metonymy	לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1		Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	9	11	k9uu	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין	1		Here, **the face of** means the presence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	9	11	lpmq	translate-unknown	הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין…הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין	1		To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful,  the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO	9	11	lpmq	translate-unknown	הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין…הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין	1		To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful, the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	9	12	p5m5	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart	This phrase means that it was God who made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	9	13	ifs8	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1		A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	9	13	zmrt	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה	1		Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	9	13	dxww	figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים	1		After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	9	13	hsl6		כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1		This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
 EXO	9	14	z68b	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1		Here it is implied that Pharaoh will again not let God’s people go. **For** is expressing the result, that is, God‘s response to Pharaoh’s disobedience to the command immediately preceding. You may need to insert this as in the UST or choose a contrastive conjunction. Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EXO	9	14	n6wq	figs-synecdoche	אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	on you yourself	Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly.  Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+EXO	9	14	n6wq	figs-synecdoche	אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	on you yourself	Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	9	15	f056	figs-hypo	כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1		This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahweh’s stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahweh’s goals before his non-action. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 EXO	9	15	a3l8	figs-metonymy	שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛	1	reached out with my hand and attacked you	Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	9	15	hgfx	figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר	1		Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ EXO	9	34	nz0e		וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א	1		This statement is fr
 EXO	9	34	ooed		וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו	1		Alternate translation: “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same”
 EXO	9	35	yxt8	figs-metaphor	וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	The heart of Pharaoh was hardened	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	9	35	x0kn	figs-metaphor	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה	1		This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	10	intro	s5g1			0		# Exodus 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe text does not specify, but some time seems to have passed between chapters nine and ten (see 9:31-32 and 10:5).\n- v. 1-20: Eighth plague: locusts\n    - v. 16-20: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last\n- v. 21-29: Ninth plague: darkness<br>
+EXO	10	intro	s5g1			0		# Exodus 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The text does not specify, but some time seems to have passed between chapters nine and ten (see 9:31-32 and 10:5).<br>- v. 1-20: Eighth plague: locusts<br> - v. 16-20: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last<br>- v. 21-29: Ninth plague: darkness<br>
 EXO	10	1	w4pw	figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants	This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were **heavy.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	10	2	zg4c		הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	various signs	Alternate translation: “I mocked Egypt”
 EXO	10	3	pm8p	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1		After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -875,12 +875,12 @@ EXO	10	26	uiom		שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1		The destination is unspecified. Previous
 EXO	10	27	n588	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	10	27	mv8t		וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם	1	he would not let them go	Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go”
 EXO	10	28	di6g	figs-rpronouns	הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗	1		Here, the listener, Moses, is both the subject and object of the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-EXO	10	28	eza9	figs-idiom	הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗	1		This is an idiom. Pharaoh is not telling Moses literally to keep looking at himself. Alternate translation: "Be careful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO	10	28	lcz2	figs-explicit	תָּמֽוּת	1	Be careful about one thing	Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	10	28	eza9	figs-idiom	הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗	1		This is an idiom. Pharaoh is not telling Moses literally to keep looking at himself. Alternate translation: “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EXO	10	28	lcz2	figs-explicit	תָּמֽוּת	1	Be careful about one thing	Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	10	28	te45	figs-synecdoche	פָּנַ֔⁠י…פָנַ֖⁠י	1	you see my face	Here, **face** refers to the whole person. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	10	29	h1jf	figs-idiom	כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ	1	You yourself have spoken	With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	10	29	rg18	figs-synecdoche	פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1		Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-EXO	11	intro	pu3u			0		# Exodus 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\r\n\n\nChapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.\n\nIt may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.\n<br>
+EXO	11	intro	pu3u			0		# Exodus 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting\r<br><br>Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.<br><br>It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.<br><br>
 EXO	11	1	hrom	figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1		After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	11	1	eqeb	grammar-connect-time-sequential	כְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ…יְגָרֵ֥שׁ	1		These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EXO	11	1	iocd		כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ	1		The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating.
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ EXO	11	2	nlsk		בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1		Alternate translatio
 EXO	11	2	jl6w		כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1		These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry.
 EXO	11	2	ddej		וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1		[Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions; see how you translated there.
 EXO	11	3	x83s	figs-aside	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם גַּ֣ם׀ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ מֹשֶׁ֗ה גָּד֤וֹל מְאֹד֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם	1		In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way that is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
-EXO	11	3	hng9	figs-idiom	חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1		Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under God's judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EXO	11	3	hng9	figs-idiom	חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1		Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under God’s judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	11	3	orq6	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם	1		Here, **in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	11	3	s5zy		וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1		[Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there.
 EXO	11	4	kpb5		כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	midnight	This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ EXO	11	8	ria5	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א	1	After
 EXO	11	8	milu	figs-idiom	בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף	1		This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	11	10	h5g7	writing-endofstory	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1		This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 EXO	11	10	um4u	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	12	intro	fd2f			0		# Exodus 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n1. Instruction v. 1-28\n   * v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions\n        * v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover\n        * v. 12-13: description of the plague\n        * v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover\n    * v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites\n2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus\n3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover\n4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Unleavened bread\n\nThe concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])\n\n### Ethnic segregation\n\nThe Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n## Potential Translation Issues:\n\n### Passover\n\n\n### Pronoun usage\n\nIn the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.\n\n\n### You plural\n\nIn this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])<br>
+EXO	12	intro	fd2f			0		# Exodus 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br>1. Instruction v. 1-28<br>   * v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions<br>        * v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover<br>        * v. 12-13: description of the plague<br>        * v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover<br>    * v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites<br>2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus<br>3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover<br>4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Unleavened bread<br><br>The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])<br><br>### Ethnic segregation<br><br>The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues:<br><br>### Passover<br><br>### Pronoun usage<br><br>In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.<br><br>### You plural<br><br>In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])<br>
 EXO	12	2	z785	figs-quotemarks	הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים	1	For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you	The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	12	2	gtgb	figs-parallelism	הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EXO	12	2	uy4w	translate-hebrewmonths	רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה	1	the first month of the year	The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ EXO	12	3	jjw0		וְ⁠יִקְח֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אִ֛ישׁ שֶׂ֥ה 
 EXO	12	3	d1f5		שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת	1		Alternate translation: “one lamb per house”
 EXO	12	3	qzct		שֶׂ֥ה…שֶׂ֥ה	1		The word **lamb** literally means “of the flock,” and it could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as either sheep or goat, whichever would be most familiar.
 EXO	12	4	xzn3	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִם־יִמְעַ֣ט הַ⁠בַּיִת֮ מִ⁠הְיֹ֣ת מִ⁠שֶּׂה֒	1	If the household is too small for a lamb	This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO	12	4	o258		וּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת	1		The phrase **by the number of people** helps to clarify which sort of  **neighbor near to his house** the Israelite should choose. They should count their own household and another household and try to have a group that is the right number to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “and his neighbor who lives near him and whose family is the right size to share a lamb with”
+EXO	12	4	o258		וּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת	1		The phrase **by the number of people** helps to clarify which sort of **neighbor near to his house** the Israelite should choose. They should count their own household and another household and try to have a group that is the right number to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “and his neighbor who lives near him and whose family is the right size to share a lamb with”
 EXO	12	4	fu2g	figs-gendernotations	אִ֚ישׁ	1	the man and his next door neighbor	Here **man** refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 EXO	12	6	lz76		בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם	1	twilight	This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light.
 EXO	12	7	cjt7		עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַ⁠בָּ֣תִּ֔ים	1	on the two side doorposts and on the tops of the doorframes of the houses	Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” or “on the top and sides of the frame around the door into the house”
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ EXO	12	16	o3oh	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁו
 EXO	12	16	l7pj	figs-activepassive	כָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	No work will be done on these days	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	12	16	qr65	figs-activepassive	ה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	That must be the only work that may be done by you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	12	17	r3qj	translate-unknown	צִבְאוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	armed group by armed group	The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	12	18	v7g9	translate-ordinal	בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here.  Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen … until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+EXO	12	18	v7g9	translate-ordinal	בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen … until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	12	18	l57q	translate-ordinal	בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	12	18	m475	translate-hebrewmonths	בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙	1	the fourteenth day in the first month	This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 EXO	12	18	uss3	translate-hebrewmonths	י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ	1	the twenty-first day of the month	This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
@@ -956,18 +956,18 @@ EXO	12	22	vdlj	figs-gendernotations	לֹ֥א…אִ֥ישׁ	1		Here, **man** inc
 EXO	12	23	uu61	figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ⁠פֶּ֔תַח	1	pass over your door	Here the word **door** implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	12	23	onpu		עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֑ת	1		Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md).
 EXO	12	24	v7z5		הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	this event	These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
-EXO	12	24	bzm0	figs-youcrowd	לְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1		Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation.  If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+EXO	12	24	bzm0	figs-youcrowd	לְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1		Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 EXO	12	24	ch73	figs-gendernotations	וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1		Here, **sons** includes everyone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 EXO	12	25	l8ls		הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת	1	this act of worship	Here, **this service** refers to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
 EXO	12	26	hbh4	figs-gendernotations	בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1		Here, **your sons** refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-EXO	12	26	odj0	figs-quotesinquotes	אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם	1		After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.<br>However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+EXO	12	26	odj0	figs-quotesinquotes	אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם	1		After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 EXO	12	27	t779	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל	1	He set our households free	This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	12	28	r5cj		כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ	1	as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron	Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
 EXO	12	29	rvg9			0		The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point.
 EXO	12	29	zm1l	figs-merism	מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה	1	at midnight	This phrase indicates that there was no person or household excluded from Yahweh’s judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 EXO	12	29	uj6u		בְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר	1	all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattle	In these usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md).
 EXO	12	29	g9z1		עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר	1	the firstborn of the person in prison	Alternate translation: “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison.
-EXO	12	30	gt4w	figs-doublenegatives	כִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃	1	for there was not a house where there was not someone dead	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement.  Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+EXO	12	30	gt4w	figs-doublenegatives	כִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃	1	for there was not a house where there was not someone dead	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	12	31	j8k5	figs-youdual	אַתֶּ֖ם…כְּ⁠דַבֶּרְ⁠כֶֽם	1		Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	12	33	j5u4	figs-explicit	כֻּלָּ֥⁠נוּ מֵתִֽים	1	We will all die	The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	12	34	diw8	figs-activepassive	מִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛⁠ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּ⁠שִׂמְלֹתָ֖⁠ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽ⁠ם	1	Their kneading bowls were already tied up in their clothes and on their shoulders	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread-making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -983,16 +983,16 @@ EXO	12	44	n9wn		וְ⁠כָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ	1	every Israelite’s s
 EXO	12	44	qabi	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ אָ֖ז	1		This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 EXO	12	44	jqs8	figs-yousingular	וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה	1		Here **you** is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 EXO	12	46	j242	figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠בַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל	1	The food must be eaten in one house	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	12	46	iovj	figs-youcrowd	לֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא	1		Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+EXO	12	46	iovj	figs-youcrowd	לֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא	1		Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 EXO	12	48	j7ob	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	וְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ גֵּ֗ר וְ⁠עָ֣שָׂה פֶסַח֮ לַ⁠יהוָה֒	1		This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner; the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
-EXO	12	48	va2p	figs-youcrowd	אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜	1		Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+EXO	12	48	va2p	figs-youcrowd	אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜	1		Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 EXO	12	48	h7k9	figs-activepassive	הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר	1	all his male relatives must be circumcised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	12	48	n3fz	grammar-connect-logic-goal	הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְ⁠אָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֔⁠וֹ	1		The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	12	48	hi4z	figs-metonymy	כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	the people who were born in the land	Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	12	48	f9ti	figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	no uncircumcised person may eat	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement.  Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+EXO	12	48	f9ti	figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	no uncircumcised person may eat	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	12	51	e3z3		וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	It came about	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
 EXO	12	51	tyj3	translate-unknown	צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	by their armed groups	The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	13	intro	g9qi			0		# Exodus 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instruction \n    - v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn  \n    - v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites  \n    - v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn  \n    - v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations\n2. Narrative  \n    - v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.\n* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.\n* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites.<br>
+EXO	13	intro	g9qi			0		# Exodus 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Instruction <br>    - v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn  <br>    - v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites  <br>    - v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn  <br>    - v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations<br>2. Narrative  <br>    - v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.<br>* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.<br>* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites.<br>
 EXO	13	2	de3u	figs-quotemarks	קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא	1	Set apart to me…every firstborn male	This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	13	3	en1s	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים	1	the house of slavery	Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	13	3	yjy5	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד	1	Yahweh’s strong hand	Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ EXO	13	7	le33	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜
 EXO	13	7	c9kr	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר	1	No yeast may be seen with you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	13	7	dmv1		בְּ⁠כָל־גְּבֻלֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	within any of your borders	Alternate translation: “inside any of the borders of your land”
 EXO	13	8	qum9	figs-quotesinquotes	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠צֵאתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	On that day you are to say to your children, ‘This is because of what Yahweh did for me when I came out of Egypt.’	The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-EXO	13	9	p21h	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead	This phrase compares the Festival of Unleavened bread to two different types of physical reminders that help people not forget something important.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+EXO	13	9	p21h	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead	This phrase compares the Festival of Unleavened bread to two different types of physical reminders that help people not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EXO	13	9	s7zg	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗	1	a reminder for you on your hand	Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	13	9	mru4	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	a reminder on your forehead	Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	13	9	b6ny	figs-metonymy	לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth	Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1039,20 +1039,20 @@ EXO	13	20	xq5d	translate-names	בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם	1	camped at Etham	**Etham** w
 EXO	13	21	yi2p	figs-metonymy	וַֽ⁠יהוָ֡ה הֹלֵךְ֩ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֨ם	1		Here, **before their faces** means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	13	21	jnv8		בְּ⁠עַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙…בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ	1	pillar of cloud…pillar of fire	The possessive here indicates characteristic. The **cloud** and **fire** looked like a **pillar**. Alternate translation: “in a cloud that looked like a pillar … in a fire that looked like a pillar” or “in a pillar-shaped cloud … in a pillar-shaped fire”
 EXO	13	21	nr02		לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1		Alternate translation: “to be light for them”
-EXO	13	21	i7yl	grammar-connect-logic-result	אֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה	1		They could travel either by day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n\n
+EXO	13	21	i7yl	grammar-connect-logic-result	אֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה	1		They could travel either by day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	13	22	iiuj		עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְ⁠עַמּ֥וּד הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה	1		See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md).
 EXO	13	22	qxks	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם	1		Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	14	intro	jq4u			0		# Exodus 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis whole chapter is the record of an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”\nThroughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. Exodus 13:18 and 15:22 show that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text if just using “sea” is confusing.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s chariots\n\nThese chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nThe Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n<br>
+EXO	14	intro	jq4u			0		# Exodus 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This whole chapter is the record of an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”<br>Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. Exodus 13:18 and 15:22 show that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text if just using “sea” is confusing.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Pharaoh’s chariots<br><br>These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>
 EXO	14	2	b5qq	figs-quotemarks	דַּבֵּר֮	1		This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	14	2	mb4e	translate-names	פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן	1	Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon	These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EXO	14	2	ue2o	figs-quotations	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן	1		The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+EXO	14	2	ue2o	figs-quotations	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן	1		The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	14	2	c9r8	figs-youdual	תַחֲנ֖וּ	1	You are to camp	Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	14	3	c81b	figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land, and the wilderness has closed in on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	14	3	tz6j	figs-personification	סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	The wilderness has closed in on them	Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 EXO	14	4	dv62	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮	1	I will harden Pharaoh’s heart	This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	14	4	tw2m		וְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒	1	he will pursue them	Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites”
 EXO	14	4	d5x1	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה	1	I will get honor	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	14	4	a7m2	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ	1		Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.  Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	14	4	a7m2	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ	1		Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	14	4	dms1	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן	1	So the Israelites camped as they were instructed	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express what **they did** explicitly. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	14	5	t4cn	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	When the king of Egypt was told	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	14	5	it5s		בָרַ֖ח	1	had fled	Alternate translation: “had run away”
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ EXO	14	5	v236	figs-rquestion	מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽ
 EXO	14	5	dnj3	grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1		This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	14	7	ry11	translate-numbers	שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת	1	He took six hundred chosen chariots	Alternate translation: “six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	14	7	g2d9		וְ⁠שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם	1		The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men”
-EXO	14	8	a1r1	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙	1	Yahweh hardened the heart of Pharaoh	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were "strong." If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	14	8	a1r1	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙	1	Yahweh hardened the heart of Pharaoh	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were “strong.” If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	14	8	doa5		בְּ⁠יָ֥ד רָמָֽה	1		Alternate translation: “boldly” or “defiantly”
 EXO	14	9	x9x0		כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠פָרָשָׁ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֵיל֑⁠וֹ	1		It is unclear exactly what the groupings are here. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh and his horsemen and his foot soldiers”
 EXO	14	9	q0jo	writing-pronouns	אוֹתָ⁠ם֙	1		Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1077,18 +1077,18 @@ EXO	14	12	itb2	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹא־זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר אֲ
 EXO	14	12	ix25	figs-quotations	בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר חֲדַ֥ל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה אֶת־מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	We said to you, ‘Leave us alone, so we can work for the Egyptians.’	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the portion following **saying** as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could serve the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	14	13	phy1	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠רְאוּ֙ אֶת־יְשׁוּעַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and see what Yahweh will do for you today, he will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	14	13	rrd4		לֹ֥א תֹסִ֛יפוּ לִ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם ע֖וֹד עַד־עוֹלָֽם	1	provide for you	This statement is very extended for emphasis on its certainty. Alternate translation: “you will not see them again forever”
-EXO	14	14	vcdc	figs-rpronouns	יְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם	1		The form **Yahweh himself** emphasizes what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do.  Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+EXO	14	14	vcdc	figs-rpronouns	יְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם	1		The form **Yahweh himself** emphasizes what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 EXO	14	14	hx1f		תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּ⁠ן	1		Here, **silent** could mean “still.” The Israelites’ lack of action is in contrast to Yahweh’s fighting. It is not a total lack of motion or sound. Alternate translation: “you will not fight”
 EXO	14	15	a727	figs-rquestion	מַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me?	Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	14	16	stla		הָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠נְטֵ֧ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֛	1	divide it in two	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding **hand** and **staff**.
 EXO	14	16	t3e4		וּ⁠בְקָעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	divide it in two	Alternate translation: “and divide the sea into two parts”
 EXO	14	17	z5ub		וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י	1	Be aware	Here, **behold me** is an expression meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do”
-EXO	14	17	qd3l	figs-metaphor	מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts	This means that God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were "strong." If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	14	17	qd3l	figs-metaphor	מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts	This means that God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were “strong.” If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	14	17	asz9		וְ⁠יָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	so they will go after them	Alternate translation: “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites”
-EXO	14	17	hjyh	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	so they will go after them	Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.  See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	14	17	hjyh	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	so they will go after them	Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	14	17	asfq	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה	1	so they will go after them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	14	18	ytnm	figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י	1	so they will go after them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	14	18	cji1	figs-ellipsis	בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	so they will go after them	Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.  See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	14	18	cji1	figs-ellipsis	בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	so they will go after them	Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	14	19	hsih	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	so they will go after them	Here, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	14	19	m1do		עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙	1	so they will go after them	See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md).
 EXO	14	19	ysv9	grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	so they will go after them	This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ EXO	14	30	e2lf	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	out of the
 EXO	14	30	p5zw		עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם	1	on the seashore	Alternate translation: “on the land along the edge of the sea”
 EXO	14	31	o1oc	grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	on the seashore	This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	14	31	np6s	figs-metonymy	אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה	1	on the seashore	Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	15	intro	ni4b			0		# Exodus 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings in his own language. Unlike in many other places, most notes in this chapter will not advise towards expressing meaning in non-figurative ways or combining parallel phrases as that advice would be too simplistic for handling poetry.\n\n### Structure\n\nThis song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:\n\n*   A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)\n*   B - because he defeats our enemies\n\nThe song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbal forms (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.\n\nHere is an outline of the structure according to this model:\n\n*   Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):\n*   1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”\n*   1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”\n*   2-3: a\n*   4-5: b\n*   Section 2:\n*   6a: A\n*   6b: B\n*   7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”\n*   7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”\n*   Section 3:\n*   11: A\n*   12: B\n*   13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”\n*   13a-17: b\n*   18: finale\n\nAlternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:\n\n*   2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”\n*   2b: B “and he has become my salvation”\n*   2c-3: a\n*   4-5: b\n\n### Themes:\n\nThere are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.\n\n*   “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.\n*   The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \\[Yahweh’s\\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case, Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.\n*   In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \\[him\\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).\n*   The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).\n*   The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).\n*   There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.\n*   More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.\n*   In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.\n*   Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).\n*   In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).\n*   In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.\n*   **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)\n*   **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)\n*   Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people\n*   [Verses 14](../15/14.md)\\-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:\n*   A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid\n*   B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid\n*   C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid\n*   C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid\n*   B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid\n*   A’: 16a: people *become* afraid\n*   In section three, there is another parallel structure:\n*   [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by\n*   v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)\n*   v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \\[to\\] the place … you made\n*   v13: of your holiness => v17: the Holy Place\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Israelite’s discontent\n\nIn [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.\n\n### Yahweh’s laws\n\nIn verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n<br>
+EXO	15	intro	ni4b			0		# Exodus 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings in his own language. Unlike in many other places, most notes in this chapter will not advise towards expressing meaning in non-figurative ways or combining parallel phrases as that advice would be too simplistic for handling poetry.<br><br>### Structure<br><br>This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:<br><br>* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)<br>* B - because he defeats our enemies<br><br>The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbal forms (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.<br><br>Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:<br><br>* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):<br>* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”<br>* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”<br>* 2-3: a<br>* 4-5: b<br>* Section 2:<br>* 6a: A<br>* 6b: B<br>* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”<br>* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”<br>* Section 3:<br>* 11: A<br>* 12: B<br>* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”<br>* 13a-17: b<br>* 18: finale<br><br>Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:<br><br>* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”<br>* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”<br>* 2c-3: a<br>* 4-5: b<br><br>### Themes:<br><br>There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.<br><br>* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.<br>* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \\[Yahweh’s\\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case, Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.<br>* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \\[him\\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).<br>* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).<br>* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).<br>* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.<br>* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.<br>* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.<br>* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).<br>* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).<br>* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.<br>* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)<br>* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)<br>* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people<br>* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)\\-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:<br>* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid<br>* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid<br>* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid<br>* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid<br>* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid<br>* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid<br>* In section three, there is another parallel structure:<br>* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by<br>* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)<br>* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \\[to\\] the place … you made<br>* v13: of your holiness => v17: the Holy Place<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The Israelite’s discontent<br><br>In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.<br><br>### Yahweh’s laws<br><br>In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>
 EXO	15	1	kw29	figs-explicit	גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה	1	he has triumphed gloriously	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	15	1	bpyj		גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה	1	he has triumphed gloriously	Alternate translation: “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted”
 EXO	15	1	f6ue	figs-metaphor	ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם	1	the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea	Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1132,10 +1132,10 @@ EXO	15	6	jx52	figs-parallelism	יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְ
 EXO	15	6	x1fz	figs-metonymy	יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב	1	Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power	Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious; Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful; Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	15	6	rmd4	figs-metaphor	תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב	1	has shattered the enemy	Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	15	7	i2x4	figs-parallelism	תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ	1	those who rose up against you	These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EXO	15	7	kmv4	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖	1	those who rose up against you	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abundance** and **majesty**, you could express the same idea in another way.  Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EXO	15	7	kmv4	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖	1	those who rose up against you	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abundance** and **majesty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	15	7	nd3t	figs-metaphor	קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	those who rose up against you	Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as **rising up against** him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	15	7	kst4		חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔	1	You sent out your wrath	Alternate translation: “your wrath” or “your fury”
-EXO	15	7	glq7	figs-personification	תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔	1	You sent out your wrath	Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something.  Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You act according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+EXO	15	7	glq7	figs-personification	תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔	1	You sent out your wrath	Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You act according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 EXO	15	7	a5x7	figs-metaphor	יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃	1	it consumed them like stubble	Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like **stubble** in a fire. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	15	7	guap	figs-simile	יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ	1	By the blast of your nostrils	Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devours the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	15	8	ic8v	figs-personification	וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	By the blast of your nostrils	Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ EXO	15	9	sm77	figs-metonymy	תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י	1	my
 EXO	15	10	yrj5	figs-metaphor	נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	But you blew with your wind	Moses spoke about God making the **wind** blow as if God **blew** the wind through his nose or mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	15	10	f7d3	figs-simile	צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים	1	sank like lead in the mighty waters	**Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how quickly God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	15	11	wq2s	figs-rquestion	מִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods?	Moses uses this question to show how great God is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-EXO	15	11	pp57	figs-rquestion	מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא	1	Who is like you,…doing miracles?	Moses uses this question to show how great God is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way.  Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+EXO	15	11	pp57	figs-rquestion	מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא	1	Who is like you,…doing miracles?	Moses uses this question to show how great God is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	15	11	uhfj	figs-abstractnouns	נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ	1	Who is like you,…doing miracles?	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “majestic and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	15	12	cid8	figs-metonymy	יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔	1	with your right hand	The phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	15	12	bkg2	figs-metaphor	נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔	1	You reached out with your right hand	Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God **reached out** with his** hand**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ EXO	15	26	bgcf	figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺ
 EXO	15	26	m4cn	figs-idiom	כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	I will put on you none of the diseases	God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	15	27	did8	translate-names	אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה	1	Elim	**Elim** is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	15	27	p64y	translate-numbers	וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים	1	seventy	Alternate translation: “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO	16	intro	nkd7			0		# Exodus 16 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and Formatting\nThis entire chapter is the story of the Israelites complaining about food and Yahweh providing food. Verses 22-30 introduce  the Sabbath.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Complaints\n\nAfter complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Prohibition against storing food\n\nThe people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])\n\n### Sabbath\n\nThis is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Bread as food\n\nYahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Chronology\n\n[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).\n\n### Box of the Covenant\n\nRelated to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\n\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br>
+EXO	16	intro	nkd7			0		# Exodus 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br>This entire chapter is the story of the Israelites complaining about food and Yahweh providing food. Verses 22-30 introduce the Sabbath.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaints<br><br>After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Prohibition against storing food<br><br>The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Bread as food<br><br>Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Chronology<br><br>[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).<br><br>### Box of the Covenant<br><br>Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br><br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br>
 EXO	16	1	gw67	translate-names	סִ֔ין	1	wilderness of Sin	The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	16	1	h44x	translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	on the fifteenth day of the second month	This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 EXO	16	1	u2aq	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	on the fifteenth day of the second month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 15 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ EXO	16	25	pr1p		כִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם לַ⁠יהוָ
 EXO	16	26	jv77	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֛י	1	but the seventh day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “but on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	16	27	qf14		וְ⁠לֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ	1	they found none	Alternate translation: “but they did not find any manna”
 EXO	16	28	e1vx	figs-rquestion	עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י	1	How long will you refuse to keep my commandments and my laws?	God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-EXO	16	28	q41d	figs-youcrowd	מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם	1	General Information:	Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general.  If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+EXO	16	28	q41d	figs-youcrowd	מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם	1	General Information:	Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 EXO	16	28	vnq7		לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י	1	to keep my commandments and my laws	Alternate translation: “to obey my commandments and my laws”
 EXO	16	29	p22l	figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֒	1	Yahweh has given you the Sabbath	Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the **Sabbath** were a gift. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	16	29	dt58	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֖י…בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי	1	sixth day…two days…seventh day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -1234,23 +1234,23 @@ EXO	16	29	y8wf		לֶ֣חֶם	1	bread	This refers to the bread that appeared as t
 EXO	16	29	x6gh		יוֹמָ֑יִם	1	bread	Alternate translation: “for 2 days”
 EXO	16	31	r1a5	translate-unknown	כְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן	1	coriander seed	**Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds, grind them into a powder, and put it in food to add flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	16	31	vrl4		כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת	1	wafers	**Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers.
-EXO	16	33	ggba	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	wafers	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br>
+EXO	16	33	ggba	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	wafers	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	16	34	x9vr	writing-background		0	wafers	Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant**, which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 EXO	16	34	jzcz	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת	1	wafers	Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	16	36	g8ns	translate-bvolume	וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא	1	Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah	An **omer** and an **ephah** are both units of dry measurement. An ephah is approximately equal to a bushel, and an omer is one-tenth of an ephah. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 EXO	16	36	a9uh	translate-fraction	וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא	1	Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah	For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-EXO	17	intro	f12q			0		7# Exodus 17 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n\n- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water\n- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle\n\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\n\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n\n### Naming\n\nAs in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.\n
+EXO	17	intro	f12q			0		7# Exodus 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water<br>- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br><br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Naming<br><br>As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.<br>
 EXO	17	1	jzz5	writing-newevent	וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל	1	wilderness of Sin	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	17	1	h1li	translate-names	סִ֛ין	1	wilderness of Sin	The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	17	1	e7jv	figs-metonymy	עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	wilderness of Sin	Here, **mouth** refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	17	1	j1fm	translate-names	בִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים	1	Rephidim	**Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	17	2	hr9b	figs-rquestion	מַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה	1	Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh?	Moses uses these questions to scold the people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you speaking against me? And why are you trying to test whether Yahweh is able to give you what you need?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	17	3	cz24	figs-rquestion	לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא	1	To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?	The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why did you bring us up out of Egypt? Did you bring us here to cause us and our children and animals to die because we have no water to drink?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-EXO	17	6	nspc	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ	1	To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?	Here, **before your face** means “in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br>
+EXO	17	6	nspc	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ	1	To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?	Here, **before your face** means “in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	17	7	x5an	translate-names	מַסָּ֖ה	1	Massah	**Massah** is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	17	7	hw7y	translate-names	וּ⁠מְרִיבָ֑ה	1	Meribah	**Meribah** is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	17	7	m55e		אִם־אָֽיִן	1	Meribah	In some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case.
-EXO	17	8	nyt1	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	Rephidim	A new scene begins here which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n\n
+EXO	17	8	nyt1	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	Rephidim	A new scene begins here which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	17	8	pu7i	figs-metonymy	עֲמָלֵ֑ק…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Rephidim	**Amalek** and **Israel** both refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual by simply using the name of the ancestor. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	17	8	hi3u	grammar-collectivenouns	עֲמָלֵ֑ק…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Rephidim	**Amalek** and **Israel** are both collective nouns that refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	17	8	srdq	writing-participants	עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	Rephidim	**Amalek** or the Amalekites are a completely new participant in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -1269,10 +1269,10 @@ EXO	17	14	n42j	figs-hyperbole	מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם
 EXO	17	15	fneg		נִסִּֽ⁠י	1	Amalek	A **banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon”
 EXO	17	16	lr14		כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ	1	Amalek	The Hebrew here is very difficult, and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the Hebrew preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah”
 EXO	17	16	sw1q		מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	Amalek	This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek”
-EXO	18	intro	t8g2			0		# Exodus 18 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n\n- v. 1-12: Jethro visits Moses and hears all that Yahweh has done\n- v. 13-27: Jethro observes Moses and advises him to set up a subsidiarity leadership structure; Moses does so\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Leadership lessons\n\nJethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### Order of events\n\nThe timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and, whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).\n\n### Verse 11\n\n[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.\n\n### God and Yahweh\n\nIn this chapter, God, who is named Yahweh in much of the rest of the book, is mostly referred to as God instead of by his name as is usual. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.\n\n### Kinship: Father-in-law\n\nJethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n\n\n### Participant reference\n\nJethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly (referred to by name) an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). Frequent use of his name is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status).\n<br>
+EXO	18	intro	t8g2			0		# Exodus 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-12: Jethro visits Moses and hears all that Yahweh has done<br>- v. 13-27: Jethro observes Moses and advises him to set up a subsidiarity leadership structure; Moses does so<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Leadership lessons<br><br>Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties<br><br>### Order of events<br><br>The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and, whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).<br><br>### Verse 11<br><br>[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.<br><br>### God and Yahweh<br><br>In this chapter, God, who is named Yahweh in much of the rest of the book, is mostly referred to as God instead of by his name as is usual. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.<br><br>### Kinship: Father-in-law<br><br>Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])<br><br>### Participant reference<br><br>Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly (referred to by name) an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). Frequent use of his name is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status).<br><br>
 EXO	18	1	nl86	translate-kinship	חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	Moses’ father-in-law	The label, **father-in-law of Moses** refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s father-in-law, choose the appropriate one here. Note the use of this term also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 EXO	18	2	zw6h		וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	took Zipporah, Moses’ wife	This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
-EXO	18	2	chy6	figs-explicit	אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ	1	after he had sent her home	This is something Moses had done earlier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	18	2	chy6	figs-explicit	אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ	1	after he had sent her home	This is something Moses had done earlier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	18	3	khs1		וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	and her two sons	This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
 EXO	18	3	k4mb	translate-names	גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם	1	Gershom	**Gershom** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “foreigner.” See [2:22](../02/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	18	4	xi35	translate-names	אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר	1	Eliezer	**Eliezer** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ EXO	18	25	iqn8	translate-numbers	שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣
 EXO	18	26	abx4		וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת	1	judged the people in normal circumstances	Alternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances”
 EXO	18	26	z7j4	figs-metaphor	אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	The difficult cases they brought to Moses	The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	18	26	ve8h		הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן	1	the small cases	Alternate translation: “easy case”
-EXO	19	intro	ck7e			0		# Exodus 19 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and Formatting\nThis chapter consist of a series of Moses going up Mount Sinai, talking to Yahweh, coming down, and talking to the people. He is being the intermediary, carrying messages between Yahweh and the people.\n- v. 1-2: Arrival at Sinai\n- v. 3-8: First cycle of Moses going up and down for instruction and response\n- v. 9-15: Second cycle, people get ready to hear God\n- v. 16-19: God speaks to the people from the mountain\n- v. 20-25: Third cycle\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “A kingdom of priests”\n\nThe function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Revealing the law\n\nThe events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n\n### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people\n\nMoses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, and then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code.\n<br>
+EXO	19	intro	ck7e			0		# Exodus 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br>This chapter consist of a series of Moses going up Mount Sinai, talking to Yahweh, coming down, and talking to the people. He is being the intermediary, carrying messages between Yahweh and the people.<br>- v. 1-2: Arrival at Sinai<br>- v. 3-8: First cycle of Moses going up and down for instruction and response<br>- v. 9-15: Second cycle, people get ready to hear God<br>- v. 16-19: God speaks to the people from the mountain<br>- v. 20-25: Third cycle<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “A kingdom of priests”<br><br>The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Revealing the law<br><br>The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people<br><br>Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, and then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code.<br><br>
 EXO	19	1	r5tj	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	In the third month…on the same day	This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “In the month 3 … on the day 1 of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	19	2	nk51	translate-names	מֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים	1	Rephidim	**Rephidim** is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	19	3	kgev	figs-parallelism	תֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	the house of Jacob, the people of Israel	These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect, as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ EXO	19	23	gagp	figs-quotesinquotes	בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הַג
 EXO	19	24	w8lx		לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד	1	get down	Alternate translation: “Go down”
 EXO	19	24	bk6p	figs-metaphor	אַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ	1	break through the barrier	God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might **break** down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	19	24	p1yq	figs-metaphor	יִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם	1	break through the barrier	Yahweh’s anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** forth from him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	20	intro	x7vt			0		# Exodus 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n\n- v. 1-17: Yahweh gives the Ten Commandments\n- v. 18-21: the people react\n- v. 22-26: Yahweh gives a little more explanation about idols and altars\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Covenant\n\nYahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n\n### Form of you\n\nThe singular form of you is used in the commandments; however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n<br>
+EXO	20	intro	x7vt			0		# Exodus 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-17: Yahweh gives the Ten Commandments<br>- v. 18-21: the people react<br>- v. 22-26: Yahweh gives a little more explanation about idols and altars<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Covenant<br><br>Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Form of you<br><br>The singular form of you is used in the commandments; however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])<br><br>
 EXO	20	2	qg71	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים	1	house of slavery	Yahweh speaks of **Egypt** as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	20	3	r9h3		לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ	1	You must have no other gods before me	Alternate translation: “You must not worship any other gods besides me”
 EXO	20	4	s7n3	figs-merism	וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֔עַל וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠תָּ֑חַת וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	nor the likeness	This list means all created things wherever they are. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor anything that looks like anything created, whether that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ EXO	20	24	zmc4	figs-activepassive	אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י
 EXO	20	26	qm1b	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י	1	You must not go up to my altar on steps	If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter, you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	20	26	e28y	figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	You must not go up to my altar on steps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	20	26	h2qd		עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖	1	your nakedness	Alternate translation: “your private parts”
-EXO	21	intro	dnd3			0		# Exodus 21 General Notes\n\nThis chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.\n\n## Structure:\n\n- 1: Introduction\n- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves\n- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves\n- 12-17: Capital crimes\n- 18-36: Liability laws\n    * 18-27: Regarding human violence\n    * 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\n\nThroughout the case law, a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” It is followed by a description of the situation; then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).\n\n\n### Passive construction\n\nMany portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].\n\n\n### Daughters sold as servants\n\nThe section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be somewhat confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife. It seems the two things could be closely related.\n\n### Ransom payment\n\nIn [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear.\n<br>
+EXO	21	intro	dnd3			0		# Exodus 21 General Notes<br><br>This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.<br><br>## Structure:<br><br>- 1: Introduction<br>- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves<br>- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves<br>- 12-17: Capital crimes<br>- 18-36: Liability laws<br>    * 18-27: Regarding human violence<br>    * 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals<br><br>## Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br><br>Throughout the case law, a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” It is followed by a description of the situation; then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).<br><br>### Passive construction<br><br>Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].<br><br>### Daughters sold as servants<br><br>The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be somewhat confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife. It seems the two things could be closely related.<br><br>### Ransom payment<br><br>In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear.<br><br>
 EXO	21	1	xxf4			0	you must set before them	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters.
 EXO	21	1	hhf7		תָּשִׂ֖ים	1	you must set before them	Alternate translation: “you must give” or “you must tell”
 EXO	21	1	ddql	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	you must set before them	Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ EXO	21	9	h9ni			0	he has treated her deceitfully	This verse is the second of thr
 EXO	21	9	w99z		לִ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ יִֽיעָדֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	designates her as a wife for his son	Alternate translation: “he decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife”
 EXO	21	9	suz0		כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַ⁠בָּנ֖וֹת יַעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠הּ	1	designates her as a wife for his son	Alternate translation: “he must do to her according to the manner in which daughters are customarily treated”
 EXO	21	10	i0xh			0	designates her as a wife for his son	This verse and the next are the third of three possible situations between a master and his female slave.
-EXO	21	10	rxk4	figs-doublenegatives	שְׁאֵרָ֛⁠הּ כְּסוּתָ֥⁠הּ וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ לֹ֥א יִגְרָֽע	1	he must not diminish her food, clothing, or her marital rights	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement.  Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+EXO	21	10	rxk4	figs-doublenegatives	שְׁאֵרָ֛⁠הּ כְּסוּתָ֥⁠הּ וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ לֹ֥א יִגְרָֽע	1	he must not diminish her food, clothing, or her marital rights	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	21	10	np9b	figs-euphemism	וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ	1	or her marital rights	This term only occurs here in the Bible. It probably means things that a husband must do for his wife. Most commentators believe it specifically means having sexual relations with her, possibly so that she can bear children. Alternate translation: “or her right to intimacy” or “or her childbearing rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 EXO	21	12	gks4		מַכֵּ֥ה אִ֛ישׁ	1	strikes a man	Alternate translation: “Whoever attacks a man”
 EXO	21	12	su6b	figs-activepassive	מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	that person must surely be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ EXO	21	28	q2gv	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹ֤א יֵאָכֵל֙ אֶת־בּ
 EXO	21	29	zgll	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְרֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	its owner also must be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state **its owner was warned** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone warned its owner but he did not keep it in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	21	29	x2y0	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְרֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	its owner also must be put to death	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the content of the warning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and its owner was warned that it gores but he did not keep it in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	21	29	nzn1	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠גַם־בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו יוּמָֽת	1	its owner also must be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	21	30	t5rs	figs-explicit	אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַן֙ פִּדְיֹ֣ן נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	If a payment is required for his life	The text does not specify who will impose a ransom on the ox’s owner. Since other texts indicate that justice is retributive and performed by the dead person’s family, that is one option. Another option is that the judges will impose it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express one of these explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	21	30	t5rs	figs-explicit	אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַן֙ פִּדְיֹ֣ן נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	If a payment is required for his life	The text does not specify who will impose a ransom on the ox’s owner. Since other texts indicate that justice is retributive and performed by the dead person’s family, that is one option. Another option is that the judges will impose it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express one of these explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	21	30	py37	figs-activepassive	אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו…יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	If a payment is required for his life	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. However, you must make a decision regarding who is imposing the ransom or use an unspecified pronoun, if that is possible in your language (this second option would not make sense in English). Alternate translation: “If the judges impose a ransom on him … they impose on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	21	31	kg25		יִגָּ֖ח…יִגָּ֑ח	1	has gored	Alternate translation: “it injures with its horns … it injures with its horns”
 EXO	21	31	to8k	writing-pronouns	לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	has gored	Here, **him** probably refers to the ox’s owner. Alternate translation: “to the owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1456,13 +1456,13 @@ EXO	21	32	wm9a	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר יִסָּקֵֽ
 EXO	21	33	fd4p		יִפְתַּ֨ח…בּ֗וֹר	1	opens a pit	Alternate translation: “uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground”
 EXO	21	34	b48a	figs-explicit	כֶּ֖סֶף יָשִׁ֣יב לִ⁠בְעָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	repay the loss	The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he must pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	21	34	ip1n		יְשַׁלֵּ֔ם	1	repay the loss	Alternate translation: “must make restitution”
-EXO	21	34	j8qz	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	will become his	The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  Alternate translation: “and the dead animal will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	21	34	j8qz	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	will become his	The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the dead animal will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	21	35	z9ug		וְ⁠חָצ֣וּ אֶת־כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ	1	divide its price	Alternate translation: “and divide the money” or “and divide the money they receive”
 EXO	21	36	fkx2	figs-activepassive	א֣וֹ נוֹדַ֗ע	1	if it was known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	21	36	v64b		נַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִ⁠תְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם	1	a habit of goring in time past	Alternate translation: “the ox had gored other animals before”
-EXO	21	36	ix8h	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	its owner has not kept it in	This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hurt other animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO	21	36	dcv2	figs-explicit	שַׁלֵּ֨ם יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם שׁוֹר֙ תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שּׁ֔וֹר	1	he must surely pay ox for ox	The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO	22	intro	f9vb			0		# Exodus 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\nThis chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. We will not attempt to provide an outline since almost every verse is about a different case.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\n\nThroughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” Then there is a description of the situation, and then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will contain these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).\n\n### Passive construction\n\nMany portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].<br>
+EXO	21	36	ix8h	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	its owner has not kept it in	This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hurt other animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	21	36	dcv2	figs-explicit	שַׁלֵּ֨ם יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם שׁוֹר֙ תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שּׁ֔וֹר	1	he must surely pay ox for ox	The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	22	intro	f9vb			0		# Exodus 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. We will not attempt to provide an outline since almost every verse is about a different case.<br><br>## Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br><br>Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” Then there is a description of the situation, and then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will contain these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).<br><br>### Passive construction<br><br>Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].<br>
 EXO	22	1	syx5			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
 EXO	22	1	onm0	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	כִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּ⁠טְבָח֖⁠וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑⁠וֹ	1	General Information:	This is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction](../22/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not actually happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 EXO	22	1	bc03	translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה…וְ⁠אַרְבַּע	1	General Information:	Alternate translation: “5 … and 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ EXO	22	19	b807	figs-activepassive	כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמ
 EXO	22	20	n4nh	figs-activepassive	יָֽחֳרָ֑ם	1	Yahweh must be completely destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation (placed at the beginning of the sentence): “You must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	22	21	kr35		לֹא־תוֹנֶ֖ה	1	wrong a foreigner	Alternate translation: “You must not mistreat” or “You must not cheat”
 EXO	22	21	eoa5	figs-explicit	כִּֽי־גֵרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	wrong a foreigner	The Israelites are called to remember their previous condition, that they lived as foreign guests in Egypt. They came first to avoid the famine in Jacob and Joseph’s time and were dependent on Egyptian hospitality. Later they were wronged and oppressed, and they are not to do that to those who sojourn with them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for you were wronged and oppressed as sojourners in the land of Egypt” or “for you also depended on hospitality while you lived as sojourners in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO	22	22	djh3	figs-doublenegatives	כָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם לֹ֥א תְעַנּֽוּ⁠ן׃	1	You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement.  Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+EXO	22	22	djh3	figs-doublenegatives	כָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם לֹ֥א תְעַנּֽוּ⁠ן׃	1	You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	22	22	v3i8		אַלְמָנָ֥ה	1	widow	Alternate translation: “woman whose husband has died”
 EXO	22	22	l2ih		וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם	1	fatherless child	Alternate translation: “or child with no parents”
 EXO	22	24	zszz	figs-idiom	וְ⁠חָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔⁠י	1	fatherless child	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1521,11 +1521,11 @@ EXO	22	27	wi2m		כְסוּתוֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠הּ	1	only covering	Al
 EXO	22	27	x7zb	figs-rquestion	בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה יִשְׁכָּ֔ב	1	What else can he sleep in?	This question adds emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	22	28	eel2		אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֹ֣א תְקַלֵּ֑ל	1	You must not blaspheme me, God	Alternate translation: “Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God”
 EXO	22	28	tdj6		וְ⁠נָשִׂ֥יא בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תָאֹֽר	1	nor curse a ruler	Alternate translation: “and do not ask God to do bad things to your ruler”
-EXO	22	29	p8nk	figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֣א תְאַחֵ֑ר	1	You must not hold back offerings	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement.  Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+EXO	22	29	p8nk	figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֣א תְאַחֵ֑ר	1	You must not hold back offerings	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	22	30	j345	translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֤ת	1	For seven days	Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO	22	30	m4wq	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֖י	1	the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here.  Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+EXO	22	30	m4wq	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֖י	1	the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	22	31	jjhn	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁי־קֹ֖דֶשׁ תִּהְי֣וּ⁠ן לִ֑⁠י	1	the eighth day	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And you shall be holy men to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EXO	23	intro	hk5t			0		# Exodus 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\nThis chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Celebrations of feasts and festivals\n\nThe people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses, and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.<br>
+EXO	23	intro	hk5t			0		# Exodus 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Celebrations of feasts and festivals<br><br>The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses, and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.<br>
 EXO	23	1	we1y			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
 EXO	23	1	eeoc	figs-abstractnouns	לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֖א שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא	1	dishonest witness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **report** and **emptiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You must not report emptily” or “You must not report falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	23	1	l4xr		שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא	1	General Information:	Alternate translation: “a false testimony”
@@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ EXO	23	10	rt7h		תְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	its produce	Alternate translatio
 EXO	23	10	gjya	translate-numbers	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ	1	its produce	Alternate translation: “And 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	23	11	waxp	translate-ordinal	וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֞ת	1	unplowed	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “But year 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	23	11	b5q6	translate-unknown	תִּשְׁמְטֶ֣⁠נָּה וּ⁠נְטַשְׁתָּ֗⁠הּ	1	fallow	This means to leave the land fallow, that is, in its natural state, unplowed, unplanted, not used to grow food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	23	11	s4wv	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָֽכְלוּ֙ אֶבְיֹנֵ֣י עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	so that the poor among your people may eat	The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	23	11	s4wv	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָֽכְלוּ֙ אֶבְיֹנֵ֣י עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	so that the poor among your people may eat	The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	23	12	ij92		שֽׁוֹרְ⁠ךָ֙ וַ⁠חֲמֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	your ox and your donkey	Alternate translation: “your work animals”
 EXO	23	12	tajk	translate-numbers	שֵׁ֤שֶׁת	1	any foreigner may rest and be refreshed	Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	23	12	u07q	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י	1	any foreigner may rest and be refreshed	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “and on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ EXO	23	15	i88n	translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֣ת	1	Aviv	Alternate translation
 EXO	23	15	tx1v	figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹא־יֵרָא֥וּ פָנַ֖⁠י רֵיקָֽם	1	not appear before me empty-handed	Understatement is used here to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You must not come to me without a proper offering” or “You must always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	23	16	ybsb		וְ⁠חַ֤ג הַ⁠קָּצִיר֙	1	Festival of Ingathering	Elsewhere this is called the “Festival of Weeks.” See [Exodus 34:22](../34/22.md) and Deuteronomy 16:9 and following.
 EXO	23	16	pnx4		וְ⁠חַ֤ג הָֽ⁠אָסִף֙	1	Festival of Ingathering	This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. See Deuteronomy 16:13. Alternate translation: “And the Festival of the Ingathering”
-EXO	23	16	wgxm	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠צֵ֣את הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֔ה	1	Festival of Ingathering	The phrase **in the exiting of the year** means at the end of the year.  The year is pictured as something that is leaving. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as the year goes out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	23	16	wgxm	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠צֵ֣את הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֔ה	1	Festival of Ingathering	The phrase **in the exiting of the year** means at the end of the year. The year is pictured as something that is leaving. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as the year goes out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	23	17	t5xj	figs-metonymy	יֵרָאֶה֙…אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י הָ⁠אָדֹ֥ן׀ יְהוָֽה׃	1	All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh	Here, to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	23	20	bssx	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1		This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	23	21	mpfy	figs-metonymy	הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו	1	Be attentive to him	This means to respect him; **from his face** refers to his person. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ EXO	23	21	p4jv	figs-metonymy	שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ	1
 EXO	23	21	gt76	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹל֖⁠וֹ	1	If you indeed obey his voice	Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	23	22	z1gn	figs-metonymy	אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ	1	If you indeed obey his voice	Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	23	22	y9bm	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠אָֽיַבְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֹ֣יְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠צַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־צֹרְרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries	These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EXO	23	23	x2nh	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒	1		This phrase, **before your face**,  means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO	23	23	x2nh	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒	1		This phrase, **before your face**, means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	23	24	a1d5	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה כְּ⁠מַֽעֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	You must not…do as they do	The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and you must not live as the people live who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	23	25	t3ir	figs-merism	וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ אֶֽת־לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠אֶת־מֵימֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	he will bless your bread and water	Here, **your bread and your water** is a merism that means food and drink. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and he will bless your food and drink” or “and he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 EXO	23	25	ydl4	figs-123person	וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ…וַ⁠הֲסִרֹתִ֥י	1	he will bless…I will remove	Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here, both **he** and **I** refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1590,32 +1590,32 @@ EXO	23	29	i9aq	figs-explicit	פֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙
 EXO	23	30	mne7	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	miscarry	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	23	31	my2e	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	miscarry	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	23	33	d1fp	figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ	1	this will surely become a trap for you	This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction, as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshiping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Worshiping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	24	intro	b83l			0		# Exodus 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1-2: Yahweh summons Moses\n- v. 3-8: Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it; this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood\n- v. 9-11: Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat\n- v. 12-15: Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders, and he goes\n- v. 16-18: Description of Yahweh’s glory, and Moses is at the top of the mountain\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God\n- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways\n- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Moses’ covenant\n\nThe people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nBecause Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n<br>
+EXO	24	intro	b83l			0		# Exodus 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>- v. 1-2: Yahweh summons Moses<br>- v. 3-8: Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it; this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood<br>- v. 9-11: Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat<br>- v. 12-15: Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders, and he goes<br>- v. 16-18: Description of Yahweh’s glory, and Moses is at the top of the mountain<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God<br>- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways<br>- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Moses’ covenant<br><br>The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### God’s holiness<br><br>Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>
 EXO	24	1	hji6	writing-newevent		0	Nadab…Abihu	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	24	1	c97i	translate-names	נָדָ֣ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא	1	Nadab…Abihu	**Nadab and Abihu** are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	24	1	zukb	figs-123person	אֶל־יְהוָ֗ה	1	Nadab…Abihu	Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	24	1	nm3t	translate-numbers	וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים	1	seventy of Israel’s elders	Alternate translation: “and 70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	24	1	ymip	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם	1	seventy of Israel’s elders	Here, after **bow down,** “to me” is implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and you shall bow down to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	24	2	p06o	writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֵ֖ם	1	seventy of Israel’s elders	Here, **they** refers to all the other people mentioned in [verse 1](../24/01.md). Alternate translation: “and Aaron, Nadab, Abihu, and the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO	24	2	dqnp	figs-123person	אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה	1	seventy of Israel’s elders	Yahweh refers to himself in the third person.  If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO	24	2	dqnp	figs-123person	אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה	1	seventy of Israel’s elders	Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	24	3	sbc3	writing-newevent		0	with one voice	Verses 3-8 tell of a different scene than the rest of the chapter, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. It seems that there were some preparations needed before Moses and the elders could go up to meet Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	24	3	nuqr			0	with one voice	See [Exodus 19:8](../19/08.md) for how you translated a very similar event.
 EXO	24	3	cg32	figs-idiom	ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙	1	with one voice	Here, **with one voice** is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	24	4	h7gg		תַּ֣חַת הָ⁠הָ֑ר	1	foot of the mountain	Alternate translation: “at the base of the mountain”
 EXO	24	4	uipf	translate-numbers	וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙…לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר	1	foot of the mountain	Alternate translation: “and 12 … according to the 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	24	7	c9tm	translate-unknown	סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠בְּרִ֔ית	1	foot of the mountain	Here, **book** does not mean something in our modern format. It was likely a piece of papyrus (an early form of paper made from reeds) or animal skin that rolled up. Alternate translation: “the Covenant he had written down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	24	8	h9ff	figs-explicit	הַ⁠דָּ֔ם	1	Then Moses took the blood	This refers to **the blood** that Moses had put into the bowls. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	24	8	h9ff	figs-explicit	הַ⁠דָּ֔ם	1	Then Moses took the blood	This refers to **the blood** that Moses had put into the bowls. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	24	8	juxf	figs-explicit	עַ֥ל כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה׃	1	Then Moses took the blood	**These words** refers to what Moses just read aloud to them, that is, Yahweh’s commands. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which I just read aloud to you and you agreed to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	24	9	izl5	writing-newevent		0	Nadab…Abihu	A new scene begins with this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. Here the narrative is connected to [verse 2](../24/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	24	9	uz7y	translate-names	נָדָב֙ וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא	1	Nadab…Abihu	**Nadab and Abihu** are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EXO	24	9	nuq7	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל	1	Nadab…Abihu	The men **went up** the mountain. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	24	9	nuq7	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל	1	Nadab…Abihu	The men **went up** the mountain. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	24	10	ic4s	figs-personification	וְ⁠תַ֣חַת רַגְלָ֗י⁠ו	1	Under his feet	**And under his feet** speaks of God as if he had human feet. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And below where God was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 EXO	24	10	q8sn		לִבְנַ֣ת	1	pavement	a hard surface for walking or riding
 EXO	24	10	pm87	translate-unknown	הַ⁠סַּפִּ֔יר	1	sapphire stone	A **sapphire** is a gemstone that is blue in color. If there is a blue gemstone that your people are familiar with, you may use it here, as the exact gemstone is not certain. You may also describe it. Alternate translation: “a blue gemstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	24	10	zd6u	figs-simile	וּ⁠כְ⁠עֶ֥צֶם הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לָ⁠טֹֽהַר	1	as clear as the sky itself	The point of this comparison is the blueness of the tile. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and it was blue like the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	24	11	jds6	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ	1	God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders	Here, **his hand** refers to his judgement. This means that God did not harm the leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	24	11	b398	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ	1	God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders	What would be expected is that they would die if they saw God. The Israelite elders ability to see God and live is unexpected. Be sure your translation conveys that. Alternate translation: “However, he did not send out his hand to the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EXO	24	12	dx4f	figs-explicit	לְ⁠הוֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	tablets of stone and the law and commandments	This means so that Moses and the other Israelite leaders could teach the laws and commandments to the Israelite people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	24	12	dx4f	figs-explicit	לְ⁠הוֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	tablets of stone and the law and commandments	This means so that Moses and the other Israelite leaders could teach the laws and commandments to the Israelite people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	24	13	flw7	writing-participants	וִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ	1	with his assistant Joshua	**Joshua** is introduced here again. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 EXO	24	13	gv5e		וִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ מְשָׁרְת֑⁠וֹ	1	with his assistant Joshua	The word translated **servant** here is usually associated with a higher position, like a government minister. Avoid using a word that implies a lower-class serving role. Alternate translation: “and Joshua his assistant”
 EXO	24	14	mhvj	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֤ים אָמַר֙	1	wait for us	The structure of the Hebrew indicates but does not require that this speech by Moses happened before [verse 13](../24/13.md) (hence **had said**). The ULT takes this view, however, for languages where it is hard to express events out of order, the UST reflects the other grammatical possibility and says in [24:13](../24/13.md) that Moses started up the mountain and in [24:15](../24/15.md) that he went the rest of the way up the mountain. Following this, you can view this verse as if Moses paused and gave these final instructions as he was leaving the elders behind, thus keeping a sequential structure. Either approach is permissible by the text, but the approach of the ULT is preferred, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ EXO	24	16	uwdd	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ
 EXO	24	17	e4n6	figs-simile	כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת	1	like a devouring fire	This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly, like a fire. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	24	17	k5lj	figs-idiom	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	in the eyes of the Israelites	Their **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about what they saw. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See how you translated a similar expression in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	24	18	h1wy	translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה	1	forty days and forty nights	Alternate translation: “forty days and forty nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO	25	intro	t23a			0		# Exodus 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure:\n\n*   v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God\n*   v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions\n*   v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony\n*   v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table\n*   v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand\n*   v. 40: Summary instruction\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n*   The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.\n*   Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:\n\n*   There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.\n*   There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.\n*   From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].<br>
+EXO	25	intro	t23a			0		# Exodus 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure:<br><br>* v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God<br>* v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions<br>* v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony<br>* v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table<br>* v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand<br>* v. 40: Summary instruction<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>* The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.<br>* Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:<br><br>* There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.<br>* There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.<br>* From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].<br>
 EXO	25	2	ygtd	figs-quotemarks	דַּבֵּר֙	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	The beginning of this verse marks the start of a very long direct quote which continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	25	2	tktu	figs-quotations	דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	25	2	r5yr	figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ EXO	25	39	ff5p	translate-bweight	כִּכָּ֛ר	1	one talent	If it would be he
 EXO	25	40	y081	figs-explicit	וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה	1	you are being shown on the mountain	All the items described in this chapter are included in what Moses is told to **see and make**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	25	40	gyte	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה	1	you are being shown on the mountain	Here, **see** relates to observing or overseeing. Essentially, Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items, so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Observe carefully and work exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	25	40	l7je	figs-activepassive	אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה	1	you are being shown on the mountain	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	26	intro	emw7			0		# Exodus 26 General Notes\n\n- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.\n- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place (also known as Holy of Holies) ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent\n    * v. 1-6: Inner covering\n    * v. 7-14: Outer covering layers\n    * v. 15-30: Wooden framework\n- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent\n- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the Dwelling.  (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n<br>
+EXO	26	intro	emw7			0		# Exodus 26 General Notes<br><br>- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.<br>- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place (also known as Holy of Holies) ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.<br>- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent<br>    * v. 1-6: Inner covering<br>    * v. 7-14: Outer covering layers<br>    * v. 15-30: Wooden framework<br>- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent<br>- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The tent of meeting<br><br>This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the Dwelling.  (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>
 EXO	26	1	ks8r	figs-yousingular	תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה	1	You must make	Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. Alternate translation: “, tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 EXO	26	1	vre7		וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י	1	curtains	This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
 EXO	26	1	xvs7	translate-unknown	וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י	1	scarlet wool	A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ EXO	26	15	tw2h	translate-unknown	שִׁטִּ֖ים	1	frames	The **acacias** are
 EXO	26	16	k4b7	translate-numbers	עֶ֥שֶׂר…וְ⁠אַמָּה֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה	1	ten cubits…one and a half cubits	Alternate translation: “10 … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	26	16	z2rv	translate-bdistance	עֶ֥שֶׂר אַמּ֖וֹת…וְ⁠אַמָּה֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה	1	ten cubits…one and a half cubits	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 4.6 meters … 69 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 EXO	26	16	p3av	translate-fraction	וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י	1	ten cubits…one and a half cubits	A **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-EXO	26	17	zwfj	translate-unknown	יָד֗וֹת	1	ten cubits…one and a half cubits	Here, the term **tenons**  means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO	26	17	zwfj	translate-unknown	יָד֗וֹת	1	ten cubits…one and a half cubits	Here, the term **tenons** means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	26	17	xf6s	figs-idiom	אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ	1	ten cubits…one and a half cubits	This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” See how you translated this in [26:5](../26/05.md). Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	26	19	c9id		אַדְנֵי־כֶ֔סֶף	1	silver bases	The **bases of silver** were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground.
 EXO	26	19	o357	figs-explicit	שְׁנֵ֨י אֲדָנִ֜ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֤רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָד֙ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י יְדֹתָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֧י אֲדָנִ֛ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י יְדֹתָֽי⁠ו	1	silver bases	The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. This same phrasing occurs again in [verse 21](../26/21.md) and [verse 25](../26/25.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame for its two tenons, and then two bases under the next frame for its two tenons, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1732,11 +1732,11 @@ EXO	26	36	rr16		תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹל
 EXO	26	36	f6td	translate-unknown	וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר	1	fine twined linen	This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	26	36	r2fy	translate-unknown	רֹקֵֽם	1	an embroiderer	Alternate translation: “a person who sews decorative designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	26	37	av60			0	an embroiderer	See how you translated very similar instructions in [verse 32](../26/32.md).
-EXO	27	intro	x4f7			0		# Exodus 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar\n- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent\n- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding building the courtyard area around the Dwelling containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs. Others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.\n- There continue to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects.\n<br>
+EXO	27	intro	x4f7			0		# Exodus 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.<br>- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar<br>- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent<br>- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The tent of meeting<br><br>This chapter gives specific instructions regarding building the courtyard area around the Dwelling containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs. Others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.<br>- There continue to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects.<br><br>
 EXO	27	1	s8qy	translate-bdistance	חָמֵשׁ֩ אַמּ֨וֹת…וְ⁠חָמֵ֧שׁ אַמּ֣וֹת…וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת	1	cubits	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 2.3 meters … 2.3 meters … 138 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 EXO	27	4	hsq3		מִכְבָּ֔ר	1	grate	The **grate** is a frame of crossed metal bars for holding wood when burning.
 EXO	27	4	vlau		וְ⁠עָשִׂ֣יתָ עַל־הָ⁠רֶ֗שֶׁת אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת נְחֹ֔שֶׁת עַ֖ל אַרְבַּ֥ע קְצוֹתָֽי⁠ו	1	grate	You may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles when translating this verse. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), and [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md).
-EXO	27	5	c5em	figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֣ה אֹתָ֗⁠הּ תַּ֛חַת כַּרְכֹּ֥ב הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ מִ⁠לְּ⁠מָ֑טָּה וְ⁠הָיְתָ֣ה הָ⁠רֶ֔שֶׁת עַ֖ד חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar	The grate was placed inside the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	27	5	c5em	figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֣ה אֹתָ֗⁠הּ תַּ֛חַת כַּרְכֹּ֥ב הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ מִ⁠לְּ⁠מָ֑טָּה וְ⁠הָיְתָ֣ה הָ⁠רֶ֔שֶׁת עַ֖ד חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar	The grate was placed inside the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	27	7	b3yx	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הוּבָ֥א אֶת־בַּדָּ֖י⁠ו	1	The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall put its poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	27	8	ecmh	figs-123person	הֶרְאָ֥ה	1	The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it	Here, **he** refers to Yahweh in the third person. If it would be unnatural in your language for someone to refer to himself in this way, you may need to change it. Alternate translation: “I showed” or “Yahweh showed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	27	8	frcs	figs-123person	יַעֲשֽׂוּ	1	The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it	Here, **they** refers to whoever will make all these items. It is an indication that even though Yahweh has been speaking to Moses in the singular throughout, these instructions are meant to be conveyed to Israelite craftsmen. See [25:intro](../25/intro.md) for more. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1758,13 +1758,13 @@ EXO	27	16	kn9u			0	blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen	See
 EXO	27	16	g5wi	translate-bdistance	עֶשְׂרִ֣ים אַמָּ֗ה	1	an embroiderer	You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 EXO	27	17	wtng	figs-activepassive	מְחֻשָּׁקִ֣ים	1	an embroiderer	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Among other options not so relevant here, Wiktionary suggests that a **fillet** could be a “thin strip of any material, in various technical uses,” “thin featureless molding used as separation between broader decorative moldings,” or a rounded corner. Alternate translation: “you shall fillet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	27	18	wt7n	translate-bdistance	מֵאָ֨ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֜ה…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים…חָמֵ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת	1	one hundred cubits	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A cubit is is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters … 23 meters … 2.3 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
-EXO	27	18	mu6b	figs-ellipsis	חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים	1	one hundred cubits	Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.  Alternate translation: “50 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	27	18	mu6b	figs-ellipsis	חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים	1	one hundred cubits	Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “50 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	27	19	bs7c	translate-unknown	יְתֵדֹתָ֛י⁠ו…יִתְדֹ֥ת	1	tent pegs	The **tent pegs** are strong, sharp pieces of metal driven into the ground and used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground or to secure ropes in order to create tension to stabilize something standing upright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	27	21	p7ru	figs-synecdoche	הָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת	1	ark of testimony	The **testimony** refers to the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. If it would be more clear to your readers you may include a reference to the chest. Alternate translation: “is the Box of the Testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	27	21	nlwz		יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨⁠וֹ	1	ark of testimony	Here, **it** refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and **arrange** means to set it up for burning, and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it”
 EXO	27	21	j41s	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	ark of testimony	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	27	21	vr7m		חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹ֣רֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	This requirement will be a lasting statute	See how you translated a similar statement in [12:14](../12/14.md)
-EXO	28	intro	r3yx			0		# Exodus 28 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests\n- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing\n- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod\n    * v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod\n- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece\n    * v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece\n    * v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod\n- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart\n- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates\n- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban\n- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing\n- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments\n- v. 43b: Closing statement\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Holy garments\n\nBecause Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they had to be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstones. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.\n<br>
+EXO	28	intro	r3yx			0		# Exodus 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests<br>- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing<br>- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod<br>    * v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod<br>- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece<br>    * v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece<br>    * v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod<br>- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart<br>- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates<br>- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban<br>- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing<br>- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments<br>- v. 43b: Closing statement<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Holy garments<br><br>Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they had to be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstones. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.<br><br>
 EXO	28	1	e1xb	figs-yousingular	וְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה	1	Call to yourself	Here, **you** refers to Moses; in this case, it is used to highlight that he is the person who must do the next thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 EXO	28	1	w9ls	translate-kinship	אַהֲרֹ֨ן אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ	1	Call to yourself	Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 EXO	28	1	ofgr	translate-names	נָדָ֧ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֛וּא אֶלְעָזָ֥ר וְ⁠אִיתָמָ֖ר	1	Call to yourself	These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ EXO	28	2	zxy0	figs-abstractnouns	בִגְדֵי־קֹ֖דֶשׁ	1	Call to yourse
 EXO	28	3	n17y	figs-yousingular	וְ⁠אַתָּ֗ה	1	Call to yourself	Here, **you** refers to Moses; in this case, it is used to highlight that he is the person who must do the next thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 EXO	28	3	c9pv	figs-parallelism	אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה	1	Call to yourself	There is a little bit of parallelism here. Yahweh is clarifying who causes someone to be **wise of heart**. You could translate this in a more causative way if that would make more sense. Alternate translation: “to anyone whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom, making them wise of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EXO	28	3	wt7m	figs-metonymy	אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה	1	Call to yourself	Here, **heart** and **spirit** are both referring to things innately possessed by a person that is, traits of a person. **Wisdom** refers to skill or talent with crafting in this case. Together **wise of heart** and **filled with the spirit of wisdom** both essentially mean “a talented craftsman.” If it would be more clear to your readers, you may consider making some of this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to every talented craftsman, those whom I have made skilled in their work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	28	4	tr5e		וּ⁠כְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ	1	a coat of woven work	We do not know what word translated **of woven work** means, as it only occurs here and in [verse 39](../28/39.md) as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a checkered tunic” or "an embroidered garment"
+EXO	28	4	tr5e		וּ⁠כְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ	1	a coat of woven work	We do not know what word translated **of woven work** means, as it only occurs here and in [verse 39](../28/39.md) as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a checkered tunic” or “an embroidered garment”
 EXO	28	4	dz5h	translate-unknown	מִצְנֶ֣פֶת	1	turban	This is a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	4	k184	translate-unknown	וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֑ט	1	sash	The **sash** is a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. You may translate it with a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	4	jqtg	figs-abstractnouns	בִגְדֵי־קֹ֜דֶשׁ	1	sash	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated this in [28:2](../28/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1812,17 +1812,17 @@ EXO	28	20	pw5h	figs-activepassive	מְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים זָהָ֛ב יִה
 EXO	28	21	z8mw	translate-unknown	פִּתּוּחֵ֤י חוֹתָם֙	1	signet ring	This is an engraved stone often set into a ring and used to stamp a design into a wax seal to authenticate an official document. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	22	m7yl	translate-unknown	שַֽׁרְשֹׁ֥ת גַּבְלֻ֖ת מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת זָהָ֖ב טָהֽוֹר	1	chains like cords, braided work of pure gold	See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). Alternate translation (should replace **twisted chains**): “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	25	d8y3	figs-metonymy	אֶל־מ֥וּל פָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	braided chains	Here, **face** simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	28	25	a4lc	figs-explicit	עַל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַֽ⁠מִּשְׁבְּצ֑וֹת	1	to the two settings	These are two settings that enclose the stones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	28	25	a4lc	figs-explicit	עַל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַֽ⁠מִּשְׁבְּצ֑וֹת	1	to the two settings	These are two settings that enclose the stones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	28	27	f2nn	figs-metonymy	פָּנָ֔י⁠ו	1	braided chains	Here, **face** simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	28	27	vw1w	translate-unknown	לְ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב	1	finely-woven waistband	The **waistband** was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	28	se56	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל	1	so that it might be attached	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	28	28	wf9v	figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל	1	the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement.  Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+EXO	28	28	wf9v	figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל	1	the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EXO	28	29	z1mz		שְׁמ֨וֹת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece	This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md).
 EXO	28	29	cc97		עַל־לִבּ֖⁠וֹ	1	over his heart	Alternate translation: “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest”
 EXO	28	30	dgn9	translate-transliterate	הָ⁠אוּרִים֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּ֔ים	1	the Urim and the Thummim	It is not clear what **the Urim and the Thummim** are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to somehow determine the will of God. Because of this, it is basically impossible to translate. In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 EXO	28	30	f537	translate-unknown	וְ⁠נָשָׂ֣א אַ֠הֲרֹן אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֨ט בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל עַל־לִבּ֛⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה תָּמִֽיד	1	the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions	This phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose. Alternate translation: “And Aaron shall bear the decisions for the sons of Israel over his heart before Yahweh continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	30	fep5	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh … before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	28	32	x42n		מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג	1	This must be the work of a weaver	Alternate translation: "made by a weaver"
+EXO	28	32	x42n		מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג	1	This must be the work of a weaver	Alternate translation: “made by a weaver”
 EXO	28	32	rw96	translate-unknown	אֹרֵ֗ג	1	a weaver	Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread, yarns and wool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	32	t60l	translate-unknown	תַחְרָ֛א	1	a weaver	We do not know what this term means, but the implication seems to be that the collar should be made strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	32	ubhg	figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ	1	a weaver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ EXO	28	33	qm1f	translate-unknown	תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן
 EXO	28	34	kl55		פַּעֲמֹ֤ן זָהָב֙ וְ⁠רִמּ֔וֹן פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן זָהָ֖ב וְ⁠רִמּ֑וֹן	1	a golden bell and a pomegranate	This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. Alternate translation: “alternate pomegranates and golden bells”
 EXO	28	35	pf61	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹל⁠וֹ	1	so that its sound can be heard	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	28	35	fmqu	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה	1	so that its sound can be heard	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	28	35	ky8s	figs-123person	יְהוָ֛ה	1	so that its sound can be heard	Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person.  If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person.  Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO	28	35	ky8s	figs-123person	יְהוָ֛ה	1	so that its sound can be heard	Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	28	35	qtf9	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמֽוּת	1	This is so that he does not die	The probable implication is that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	28	36	mzej	translate-unknown	צִּ֖יץ	1	engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet	We do not know exactly what this was. It was probably a thin piece of gold smaller than the palm of someone’s hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	36	nd2q	translate-unknown	וּ⁠פִתַּחְתָּ֤ עָלָי⁠ו֙ פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֔ם	1	engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet	See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md) Alternate translation: “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ EXO	28	37	qka6	translate-unknown	הַ⁠מִּצְנָ֑פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצ
 EXO	28	37	lxq8	figs-metonymy	אֶל־מ֥וּל פְּנֵֽי־הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת	1	turban	Here, **face** means the front. Alternate translation: “to the front of the turban” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	28	38	frqm	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים	1	turban	Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to picture handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	28	38	chuz	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	turban	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	28	38	jbt4	figs-123person	יְהוָֽה	1	turban	Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person.  If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO	28	38	jbt4	figs-123person	יְהוָֽה	1	turban	Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	28	39	t5vj	translate-unknown	מִצְנֶ֣פֶת	1	turban	This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	39	yi1l	translate-unknown	וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט	1	sash	A **sash** is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	39	i62z	translate-unknown	רֹקֵֽם	1	the work of an embroiderer	An embroiderer is a person who sews decorative designs onto cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ EXO	28	41	xa75	translate-kinship	אַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	You must
 EXO	28	41	agey	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛⁠ם	1	You must clothe Aaron your brother	This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	28	42	vz62	translate-unknown	מִכְנְסֵי	1	undergarments	These are articles of clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	42	m1bi	figs-euphemism	בְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה	1	undergarments	This refers to the male genitalia. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-EXO	29	intro	xmd9			0		# Exodus 29 General Notes\n\nLarge translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.\n\n## Structure\n\nAs you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.\nThe Consecration of the Priests\n- v. 1-3 Preparing items\n- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons\n- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar\n- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams\n    * v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned\n    * v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating\n    * v. 29-30 Priestly succession\n    * v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram\n- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days\n- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings\n- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Consecrating priests\n\nThis chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n\n### Forms of you\n\nFor this chapter, it seems that the singular "you: that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.\n\n### “I will live among the Israelites”\n\nAs God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.\n<br>
+EXO	29	intro	xmd9			0		# Exodus 29 General Notes<br><br>Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.<br><br>## Structure<br><br>As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.<br>The Consecration of the Priests<br>- v. 1-3 Preparing items<br>- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons<br>- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar<br>- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams<br>    * v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned<br>    * v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating<br>    * v. 29-30 Priestly succession<br>    * v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram<br>- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days<br>- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings<br>- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Consecrating priests<br><br>This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Forms of you<br><br>For this chapter, it seems that the singular “you: that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.<br><br>### “I will live among the Israelites”<br><br>As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.<br><br>
 EXO	29	1	d6gk	writing-newevent	וְ⁠זֶ֨ה	1	Now	A new scene begins here. There is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	29	1	z78h	writing-pronouns	תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה	1	you must do	Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	29	1	ld5s	writing-pronouns	לָ⁠הֶ֛ם	1	to set them apart	Here, **they** refers to Aaron and his sons. Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1887,14 +1887,14 @@ EXO	29	17	w2nb	translate-unknown	קִרְבּ⁠וֹ֙	1	the inner parts	Alterna
 EXO	29	18	qc2i		וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֤ אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אַ֨יִל֙	1	on the altar	Alternate translation: “and burn all of the ram to make smoke”
 EXO	29	18	pwjk	figs-parallelism	עֹלָ֥ה ה֖וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה רֵ֣יחַ נִיח֔וֹחַ אִשֶּׁ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה הֽוּא	1	on the altar	These phrases are in parallel, with the second expanding and clarifying the first. In some languages, you may need to use a different structure to expand and clarify the **burnt offering**. Alternate translation: “It is a pleasant smelling burnt offering made by fire to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EXO	29	19	zzsi		הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1	on the altar	Except for **the second,** this verse is identical to [verse 15](../29/15.md).
-EXO	29	20	j6b1	figs-explicit	וְ⁠שָׁחַטְתָּ֣ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֗יִל	1	Then you must kill the ram	They killed the ram by cutting its throat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  Alternate translation: “and kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	29	20	j6b1	figs-explicit	וְ⁠שָׁחַטְתָּ֣ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֗יִל	1	Then you must kill the ram	They killed the ram by cutting its throat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	29	21	bxs6	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֞ מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֨ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַֽל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּחַ֮ וּ⁠מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֒ וְ⁠הִזֵּיתָ֤	1	Aaron will then be set apart for me	Moses would mix the blood and oil. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And you shall take some of the blood that is on the altar and mix it with some of the oil of anointing and sprinkle it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO	29	22	i3dc	translate-unknown	הַ⁠קֶּ֗רֶב…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙…הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֗ת	1	inner parts…liver…kidney	The  **entrails, liver**, and **kidneys** refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO	29	22	i3dc	translate-unknown	הַ⁠קֶּ֗רֶב…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙…הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֗ת	1	inner parts…liver…kidney	The **entrails, liver**, and **kidneys** refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	29	23	mcko		וְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	Take one loaf…before Yahweh	All of these items were in the basket mentioned in [verse 2](../29/02.md), not just the wafer. Be sure this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “and from the basket of bread without yeast that is before the face of Yahweh: one round loaf of bread, and one cake of bread of oil, and one wafer”
 EXO	29	23	td8w		וְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת	1	Take one loaf…before Yahweh	For 29:23, see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md).
 EXO	29	23	i7vx	figs-metonymy	אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	that is before Yahweh	This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “that you have placed before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	29	24	b9bj	writing-pronouns	הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל	1	You must put these	Here, **all these** refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO	29	24	q6k5	figs-123person	וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥	1	You must put these	While the text reads, **you shall raise**, logically, it is Aaron and his sons who will raise the offerings at this point.  If this is confusing in your language, you may use the third person.  Alternate translation: “and they shall raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO	29	24	q6k5	figs-123person	וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥	1	You must put these	While the text reads, **you shall raise**, logically, it is Aaron and his sons who will raise the offerings at this point. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the third person. Alternate translation: “and they shall raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	29	24	xhhf	translate-symaction	וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	You must put these	The act of raising the meat and bread symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out the process of handing the offering to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they shall show that they are giving them to me by holding them up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 EXO	29	24	ypit	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	You must put these	This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	29	25	e6bj		וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֥ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חָ⁠ה עַל־הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה לְ⁠רֵ֤יחַ נִיח֨וֹחַ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אִשֶּׁ֥ה ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	You must put these	See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 18](../29/18.md).
@@ -1918,15 +1918,15 @@ EXO	29	37	pq5d	figs-possession	קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים	1	Then the
 EXO	29	37	qk5h		יִקְדָּֽשׁ	1	will be set apart to Yahweh	Alternate translation: “will also become set apart”
 EXO	29	38	e4r9	figs-idiom	בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה	1	General Information:	The phrase **sons of a year** is an idiom meaning one year old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	29	39	qxst	figs-idiom	בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם	1	General Information:	The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices, it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO	29	40	x6i4	translate-fraction	וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן…רֶ֣בַע…רְבִעִ֥ית	1	a tenth…the fourth part	A **tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. A **fourth** means one part out of four equal parts.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
+EXO	29	40	x6i4	translate-fraction	וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן…רֶ֣בַע…רְבִעִ֥ית	1	a tenth…the fourth part	A **tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. A **fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 EXO	29	40	nd8q	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת	1	a tenth…the fourth part	Many commentators suggest that this means one tenth of an “ephah” even though “ephah” is not written. If your translation style retains the original measurement words, you may need to insert the word you are using for “ephah” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	29	40	oxsl	translate-bvolume	וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת…רֶ֣בַע הַ⁠הִ֔ין…רְבִעִ֥ית הַ⁠הִ֖ין	1	a tenth…the fourth part	The values given in the UST are approximations as the exact size of an ephah and a hin is not precisely known. An ephah (the implied measurement) may have been around 22 liters, so this is about 2.2 liters of flour. A hin may have been around 3.7 liters, so this is about one liter of both oil and wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 EXO	29	41	ibch	figs-idiom	בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם	1	a tenth…the fourth part	The exact meaning of the phrase **between the evenings** is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices, it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. See how you translated it in [verse 39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	29	42	j8cg		לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	throughout your generations	Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
 EXO	29	42	h5r7	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	tent of meeting	This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	29	43	ic8i	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּ⁠כְבֹדִֽ⁠י	1	the tent will be set apart for me by my glory	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	30	intro	z3yc			0		# Exodus 30 General Notes\n\nThis chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.\nThe forms of "you" are mostly singular. However, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct, so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.\n\n\n## Structure:\n\n- v. 1-10: Incense altar\n    * v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar\n    * v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar\n- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census\n- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin\n- v. 22-30: Anointing oil\n    * v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil\n    * v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil\nv- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Atonement\n\nThrough the offering of blood and money, things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])\n\n\n### Holiness\n\nSome items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n### Unknown terms\n\nThere are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars.<br>
-EXO	30	1	v8vb	figs-youdual	וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥יתָ	1	You must make	Here, **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel.  If your language makes a distinction, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+EXO	30	intro	z3yc			0		# Exodus 30 General Notes<br><br>This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.<br>The forms of “you” are mostly singular. However, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct, so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.<br><br>## Structure:<br><br>- v. 1-10: Incense altar<br>    * v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar<br>    * v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar<br>- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census<br>- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin<br>- v. 22-30: Anointing oil<br>    * v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil<br>    * v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil<br>v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Atonement<br><br>Through the offering of blood and money, things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Unknown terms<br><br>There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars.<br>
+EXO	30	1	v8vb	figs-youdual	וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥יתָ	1	You must make	Here, **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. If your language makes a distinction, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	30	2	w56e	translate-unknown	קַרְנֹתָֽי⁠ו	1	Its horns must be made	See how you translated **horns** in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	30	2	a39m	translate-bdistance	אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה…וְ⁠אַמָּתַ֖יִם	1	Its horns must be made	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm … 46cm … 94cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 EXO	30	3	d3uu			0	General Information:	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md), so see how you translated there.
@@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ EXO	30	8	nrgk		וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲלֹ֨ת אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־הַ⁠נ
 EXO	30	8	sq7x	figs-idiom	בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עֲרְבַּ֖יִם	1	throughout your generations	The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. See how you translated it in [29:39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	30	8	qm7i		לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	throughout your generations	Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
 EXO	30	9	ckf9		לֹא־תַעֲל֥וּ עָלָ֛י⁠ו קְטֹ֥רֶת זָרָ֖ה וְ⁠עֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֑ה	1	But you must offer	Later, in [verses 34](../30/34.md) and following, God describes how to make the one sort of incense that he wants burnt on this altar. Alternate translation: “You shall only offer up the kind of incense I tell you. You shall not make burnt or grain offerings on it.”
-EXO	30	10	dgny	grammar-connect-logic-goal	קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	horns	This last clause defines the purpose of the ritual described in this verse. See [Exo 29:37](../29/37.md).  Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “This is to make it holy of holies to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EXO	30	10	dgny	grammar-connect-logic-goal	קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	horns	This last clause defines the purpose of the ritual described in this verse. See [Exo 29:37](../29/37.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “This is to make it holy of holies to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EXO	30	10	k6xk		קַרְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	horns	These were projections that looked like ox horns and were attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
 EXO	30	10	san2		לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	throughout your generations	Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
 EXO	30	10	jxn0	figs-possession	קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים	1	throughout your generations	Here, **holiest holy** means extremely or uniquely holy. If this form would not express that this item would become uniquely holy in your language you may need to find another way to express this idea. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@ EXO	30	12	dprx	figs-idiom	תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ	1	When you take
 EXO	30	12	s73c	figs-you	תִשָּׂ֞א	1	When you take	This could mean: (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EXO	30	12	k5p1		אִ֣ישׁ	1	a census of the Israelites	The leaders only counted the Israelite men.
 EXO	30	13	y1kn	figs-idiom	כָּל־הָ⁠עֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֔ים	1	half a shekel of silver	This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO	30	13	i4wk	translate-bweight	הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל	1	half a shekel of silver	The **shekel** and the **gerah** are units of weight. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+EXO	30	13	i4wk	translate-bweight	הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל	1	half a shekel of silver	The **shekel** and the **gerah** are units of weight. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 EXO	30	13	a2py	translate-bmoney	הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל	1	half a shekel of silver	The **shekel** was used as both a weight and a unit of money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 EXO	30	13	w3hx	translate-fraction	מַחֲצִ֥ית…מַחֲצִ֣ית	1	half a shekel of silver	A **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 EXO	30	13	nfp6		בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ עֶשְׂרִ֤ים גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל	1	according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary	There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used.
@@ -1987,20 +1987,20 @@ EXO	30	32	v3br		וּ⁠בְ⁠מַ֨תְכֻּנְתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	with the same
 EXO	30	32	it0x	grammar-connect-logic-result	קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֔וּא קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	with the same formula	The second half of this statement (**it shall be holy to you**) explains to the people the result of this oil being holy, which is, they must respect it as a holy thing. It may make more sense in some languages to move this whole statement to the beginning of the verse, because the rule about pouring on someone’s body is an application of the result. Alternate translation (placed at the beginning of the verse): “Because it is sacred, you must treat it like it is sacred, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	30	33	pa53	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	that person must be cut off from his people	See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	30	33	yhgi	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	that person must be cut off from his people	See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	30	34	uo57	translate-unknown	נָטָ֤ף׀ וּ⁠שְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠חֶלְבְּנָ֔ה	1	General Information:	Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are:  **stacte** is a resin from certain gum plants, **onycha** is from certain shellfish or mollusks, and **galbanum** is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO	30	34	uo57	translate-unknown	נָטָ֤ף׀ וּ⁠שְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠חֶלְבְּנָ֔ה	1	General Information:	Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are: **stacte** is a resin from certain gum plants, **onycha** is from certain shellfish or mollusks, and **galbanum** is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	30	35	y8yj		וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ	1	blended by a perfumer	This could mean: (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
 EXO	30	36	nz2a	figs-you	וְ⁠שָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֨ה	1	You will grind it	Here, **you** probably refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EXO	30	36	oj2r	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י	1	You will grind it	Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	30	36	mxww	figs-metonymy	הָ⁠עֵדֻת֙	1	You will grind it	Here, **testimony** probably refers to the sacred chest that contained the tablets of the law. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	30	36	i71b	figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים	1	You will grind it	Here, **holiest holy** means extremely or uniquely holy. If this form would not express that this item would become uniquely holy in your language you may need to find another way to express this idea. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-EXO	30	36	t8y9	figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	You will regard	Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people.  If your language makes a distinction, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
-EXO	30	37	dq6c	figs-youdual	תַעֲשׂ֖וּ	1	you must not make any	The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel.  If your language makes a distinction, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+EXO	30	36	t8y9	figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	You will regard	Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. If your language makes a distinction, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+EXO	30	37	dq6c	figs-youdual	תַעֲשׂ֖וּ	1	you must not make any	The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel. If your language makes a distinction, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	30	37	yv1y		בְּ⁠מַ֨תְכֻּנְתָּ֔⁠הּ	1	with the same formula	Alternate translation: “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md).
 EXO	30	37	wh25		קֹ֛דֶשׁ תִּהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	It must be most holy to you	Alternate translation: “You must consider it to be most holy”
 EXO	30	38	xn6v		לְ⁠הָרִ֣יחַ בָּ֑⁠הּ	1	perfume	This could mean: (1) to enjoy the scent for oneself (2) to wear as a perfume.
 EXO	30	38	sa1m	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	must be cut off from his people	See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	30	38	o6v0	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	must be cut off from his people	See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	31	intro	wfk7			0		# Exodus 31 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-11: Selection of the skilled craftsmen\n- v. 12-17: Sabbath instruction\n- v. 18: the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nAs described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n<br>
+EXO	31	intro	wfk7			0		# Exodus 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-11: Selection of the skilled craftsmen<br>- v. 12-17: Sabbath instruction<br>- v. 18: the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>
 EXO	31	2	m8ju	figs-idiom	קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֑ם	1	I have called by name	Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	31	2	hf5r	translate-names	בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר	1	Bezalel…Uri…Hur	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	31	3	f7sk	figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אֲמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖⁠וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit	Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2026,10 +2026,10 @@ EXO	31	16	n7q2		לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	They must observe it throughout the
 EXO	31	16	yef8		בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם	1	lasting covenant	Alternate translation: “A covenant that will always exist” or “A lasting covenant”
 EXO	31	17	oc30	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּנָּפַֽשׁ	1	lasting covenant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	31	18	xc6h	figs-activepassive	כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים	1	written on by his own hand	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	32	intro	vv2w			0		# Exodus 32 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occured while Moses spoke with God and therefore happened sometime during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])\n\n\n- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf\n- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction\n    * v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people\n- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Idolatry\n\nThe making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
+EXO	32	intro	vv2w			0		# Exodus 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occured while Moses spoke with God and therefore happened sometime during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])<br><br>- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf<br>- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction<br>   * v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people<br>- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Idolatry<br><br>The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
 EXO	32	1	oan6	writing-newevent		0	the people saw	This chapter begins with a major scene shift, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	32	1	cfk8	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	the people saw	Here, the word **saw** is used to indicate understanding or realization of a situation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	32	1	lnau	figs-rpronouns	וַ⁠יִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָ⁠עָ֜ם	1	the people saw	This means the people both decided to gather and were the ones gathering.  Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+EXO	32	1	lnau	figs-rpronouns	וַ⁠יִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָ⁠עָ֜ם	1	the people saw	This means the people both decided to gather and were the ones gathering. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 EXO	32	1	k2i1	figs-idiom	ק֣וּם	1	Come, make us an idol	**Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean that he should literally stand up. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	32	1	mrb5	figs-metonymy	יֵֽלְכוּ֙ לְ⁠פָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	go before us	Here, **before our faces** means ahead of. The Israelites want idols to lead them. Alternate translation: “shall lead us” or “shall be our leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	32	1	wulk		כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה	1	go before us	People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating social distance between him and themselves. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people.
@@ -2044,7 +2044,7 @@ EXO	32	5	odaq	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו	1	When Aaron saw this	Here,
 EXO	32	5	p2df	figs-explicit	לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו	1	When Aaron saw this	Here, **it** is the golden bull-calf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of the bull-calf idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	32	6	as6u	figs-euphemism	לְ⁠צַחֵֽק	1	to carouse in wild celebration	This word may imply drunken and sexual sin (for a sexual implication see [Genesis 26:8](../GEN/26/08)). However, the only actions mentioned in the text are singing ([v. 18](../32/18.md)) and dancing ([v. 19](../32/19.md)), so translators should avoid using a term that is overly suggestive. Alternate translation: “to revel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 EXO	32	7	iajs	writing-newevent		0	to carouse in wild celebration	Here there is a scene shift back to the top of the mountain with Moses and Yahweh, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-EXO	32	7	tcek	figs-rpronouns	שִׁחֵ֣ת	1	to carouse in wild celebration	Here, **themselves** is used to indicate that the Israelites actions made the Israelites corrupt.  Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “have acted corruptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+EXO	32	7	tcek	figs-rpronouns	שִׁחֵ֣ת	1	to carouse in wild celebration	Here, **themselves** is used to indicate that the Israelites actions made the Israelites corrupt. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “have acted corruptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 EXO	32	8	eua5	figs-metaphor	סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם	1	left the way that I commanded them	Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road, and they left that road. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They have quickly stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “They have quickly stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	32	8	tg9e	figs-quotemarks	אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	left the way that I commanded them	This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	32	8	w7v8	figs-quotesinquotes	אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	left the way that I commanded them	You may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that these are your gods, Israel, that brought you up from the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ EXO	32	11	nuwf	figs-idiom	יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמּ
 EXO	32	11	t2cv	figs-doublet	בְּ⁠כֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה	1	great power…mighty hand	These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. If doubling in this way would not convey emphasis in your language, you will need to find a way to translate it that does give emphasis. Alternate translation: “using your very strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EXO	32	11	ph43	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה	1	a mighty hand	Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “and with powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	32	12	r8ij	figs-rquestion	לָ⁠מָּה֩ יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה	1	Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’	Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the ground.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-EXO	32	12	yvez	figs-quotesinquotes	יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה	1	Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’	After **saying,** this is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.\nHowever, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “the Egyptians say that you brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+EXO	32	12	yvez	figs-quotesinquotes	יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה	1	Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’	After **saying,** this is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “the Egyptians say that you brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 EXO	32	12	kzh7	figs-metonymy	מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה	1	face of the earth	Here, **face** means “surface.” Alternate translation: “from the surface of the land” or “from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	32	12	fns1		שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	Turn from your burning anger	Alternate translation: “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry”
 EXO	32	12	iz5q	figs-idiom	שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠הִנָּחֵ֥ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה לְ⁠עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	Turn from your burning anger	Here, Yahweh’s anger (burning nose) and plan to punish the people are spoken of as things that he could turn away from and repent of (repentance also means to turn from). This imagery may not translate into your language, and you may need to use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Calm down, and please do not stay determined to do evil to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ EXO	32	18	m4k0	figs-parallelism	אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבו
 EXO	32	18	fdg8	figs-explicit	ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ	1	he said to Moses	If it is unclear to say that Moses hears **the sound of singing** after twice saying he didn’t hear that, you may want to make the type of singing explicit. Consider referring to your translation of the last word of [verse 6](../32/06.md) (to play in the ULT). Alternate translation: “the sound of playful singing I hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	32	19	hr2j	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	the tablets	This is an idiom for being angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and Moses was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	32	19	d8zo		תַּ֥חַת	1	the tablets	Alternate translation: “at the bottom of”
-EXO	32	21	du5l	figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃	1	Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?”	Moses’ question is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.\nHowever, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+EXO	32	21	du5l	figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃	1	Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?”	Moses’ question is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 EXO	32	21	np73	figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה	1	you have brought such a great sin on them	Moses spoke of causing people to **sin** as if sin were an object and Aaron put it **on them**. Alternate translation: “that you have caused them to sin greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	32	22	z2ch	figs-idiom	אַל־יִ֥חַר אַ֖ף	1	Do not let your anger burn hot	This is an idiom for anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	32	22	vdy2	figs-idiom	כִּ֥י בְ⁠רָ֖ע הֽוּא	1	they are set on doing evil	This is probably an idiom that could mean (1) that the people are prone to evil or (2) that the people were in trouble (that is, they felt troubled because of not having contact with God). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that they are set on evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2106,10 +2106,10 @@ EXO	32	32	c72y	figs-metonymy	מְחֵ֣⁠נִי	1	blot me out of the book	Here,
 EXO	32	32	ahb3	figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֥ר כָּתָֽבְתָּ	1	the book that you have written	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express what God had written in the book explicitly. Alternate translation: “in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	32	33	igb4	figs-metonymy	אֶמְחֶ֖⁠נּוּ מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י	1	that person I will blot out of my book	Here, **him** represents that person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	32	33	qwk9		מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י	1	my book	This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md).
-EXO	32	34	xn8p	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם	1	But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them	Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshiping the idol. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes.  Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EXO	32	34	xn8p	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם	1	But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them	Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshiping the idol. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	32	35	wv1v	figs-explicit	עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן	1	they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made	The people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (along with Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	32	35	h3kl	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּגֹּ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם עַ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן	1	they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because they had made the calf (that Aaron made), Yahweh plagued the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EXO	33	intro	g5k3			0		# Exodus 33 General Notes\n\nThis chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed, especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.\n\n\n## Structure:\n- v. 1-6: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to go with Israel\n- v. 7-11: the temporary tent of meeting\n- v. 12-23: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to see his glory\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\nYahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.\n\nVerses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the Dwelling that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp, while the Dwelling will be in the center of the camp.\n\nThe word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.\n\n<br>
+EXO	33	intro	g5k3			0		# Exodus 33 General Notes<br><br>This chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed, especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.<br><br>## Structure:<br>- v. 1-6: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to go with Israel<br>- v. 7-11: the temporary tent of meeting<br>- v. 12-23: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to see his glory<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.<br><br>Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the Dwelling that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp, while the Dwelling will be in the center of the camp.<br><br>The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.<br><br>
 EXO	33	1	p8xp	figs-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	General Information:	The words which follow **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 EXO	33	2	tlen		וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֥י לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ מַלְאָ֑ךְ וְ⁠גֵֽרַשְׁתִּ֗י אֶת־הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠הַֽ⁠חִתִּי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי	1	General Information:	See how you translated these in [Exodus 23:20](../23/20.md) and [23:23](../23/23.md).
 EXO	33	3	yyt4	figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	that land, which is flowing with milk and honey	Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ EXO	33	5	ndhx	figs-quotations	אֱמֹ֤ר אֶל־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂר
 EXO	33	5	rzr5	figs-metaphor	קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף	1	a stubborn people	Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	33	5	hakp	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה	1	a stubborn people	Because the surrounding narrative clearly shows that this is not what Yahweh did or will do, this is a hypothetical situation. Some languages may need to reorder the clauses. Alternate translation: “Since I would destroy if I went up among you for one moment, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 EXO	33	5	l6ax	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אֵדְעָ֖ה מָ֥ה אֶֽעֱשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	a stubborn people	The goal of the Israelites removing their ornaments is so that Yahweh can consider his reaction. Some languages may need to reorder this structure. Alternate translation: “So that I will know what I will do to you, take your ornaments down from on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-EXO	33	5	gb16	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	a stubborn people	This was a way for the Israelites to show that they were sorry for sinning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	33	5	gb16	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	a stubborn people	This was a way for the Israelites to show that they were sorry for sinning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	33	6	tomy	figs-rpronouns	וַ⁠יִּֽתְנַצְּל֧וּ	1	a stubborn people	Here, **themselves** refers to the Israelites; they are both the ones doing the action and the ones to whom the action is done. A special form of verb or pronoun may be required to translate this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 EXO	33	6	i0c5	figs-explicit	מֵ⁠הַ֥ר חוֹרֵֽב׃	1	a stubborn people	Here, **from** means “from that point of time and continuing into the future.” Try to find a form in your language that means “from then on” for your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	33	7	wsfe	grammar-connect-time-background		0	a stubborn people	Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
@@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ EXO	33	12	hlsl	figs-quotations	הַ֚עַל אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זּ
 EXO	33	12	unz8		רְ֠אֵה	1	See	This is an interjection to get someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
 EXO	33	12	w7fs	figs-idiom	יְדַעְתִּ֣י⁠ךָֽ בְ⁠שֵׁ֔ם	1	I know you by name	To **know** someone **by name** is to know them well. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	33	12	uhjs	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י	1	you have also found favor in my eyes	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my eyes find you favorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	33	12	a7jr	figs-idiom	וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י	1	you have also found favor in my eyes	Here, **found favor in my eyes** is an idiom that means "I am pleased with you" so it means that God is pleased with Moses. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you please me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EXO	33	12	a7jr	figs-idiom	וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י	1	you have also found favor in my eyes	Here, **found favor in my eyes** is an idiom that means “I am pleased with you” so it means that God is pleased with Moses. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you please me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	33	12	y281	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י	1	you have also found favor in my eyes	Here, **in my eyes** is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	33	12	es6z	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י	1	you have also found favor in my eyes	Here, **favor** is an abstract noun that you could express in another way if necessary in your language. Alternate translation: “and you have also been found approved in my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	33	13	e6vv		מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ…אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Now if I have found favor in your eyes	Here, **found favor in your eyes** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **in your eyes** is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md).
@@ -2155,11 +2155,11 @@ EXO	33	14	esdd	figs-explicit	פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ וַ⁠הֲנִ
 EXO	33	14	hl15	figs-yousingular	לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	go with you…give you	The word **you** here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 EXO	33	15	a2hc	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	אִם־אֵ֤ין פָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הֹלְכִ֔ים	1	go with you…give you	**If your face is not going** is a hypothetical situation in which Moses makes a request that they not go anywhere without Yahweh. In some languages you may need to place the request first. Alternate translation: “Do not take us up from here if your face is not going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 EXO	33	15	m5cq	figs-metonymy	אִם־אֵ֤ין פָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הֹלְכִ֔ים	1	go with you…give you	Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence, which represents himself. Alternate translation: “If you are not going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	33	16	cgl8	figs-rquestion	וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא כִּֽי־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֣ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ וְ⁠נִפְלֵ֨ינוּ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִ⁠כָּ֨ל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	how will it be known…people?	This verse contains two or three rhetorical questions, and the length of the second is debated. The first rhetorical question, “**And in what then will it be known that I have found favor in your eyes, I and your people?**” is used for emphasis and means, “There is only one way people will know that I and your people please you.” The second, “**Is it not in your going with us?**” is used to answer the first question and means “That way is your going with us.” It is possible that the rest of the verse is (1) a statement further clarifying how Yahweh’s favor is demonstrated (ULT, UST), (2) an extension of the second rhetorical question (“Is it not in your going with us so that I and your people shall be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”), or (3) a separate rhetorical question making the same point (“And shall I and your people be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”)\nMoses used these questions in order to emphasize that if Yahweh does not go with them, no one will know that Yahweh is pleased with Moses and the people. Use whatever forms would be natural in your language to present an argument like this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+EXO	33	16	cgl8	figs-rquestion	וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא כִּֽי־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֣ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ וְ⁠נִפְלֵ֨ינוּ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִ⁠כָּ֨ל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	how will it be known…people?	This verse contains two or three rhetorical questions, and the length of the second is debated. The first rhetorical question, “**And in what then will it be known that I have found favor in your eyes, I and your people?**” is used for emphasis and means, “There is only one way people will know that I and your people please you.” The second, “**Is it not in your going with us?**” is used to answer the first question and means “That way is your going with us.” It is possible that the rest of the verse is (1) a statement further clarifying how Yahweh’s favor is demonstrated (ULT, UST), (2) an extension of the second rhetorical question (“Is it not in your going with us so that I and your people shall be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”), or (3) a separate rhetorical question making the same point (“And shall I and your people be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”) Moses used these questions in order to emphasize that if Yahweh does not go with them, no one will know that Yahweh is pleased with Moses and the people. Use whatever forms would be natural in your language to present an argument like this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	33	16	d36k	figs-infostructure	וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה	1	For otherwise	This refers back to Moses’ hypothetical situation in the previous verse, that is, Yahweh not going with them. Use whatever connecting forms are necessary to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 EXO	33	16	tu8e	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא	1	how will it be known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And in what then will people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	33	16	u82a	figs-idiom	מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Will it not only be if	Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO	33	17	chua	grammar-connect-logic-result	גַּ֣ם אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה כִּֽי־מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם	1	you have found favor in my eyes	Here, **for** signals a reason clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes.  Alternate translation: “Because you have found favor in my eyes, and I know you by name, I will also do this thing that you have spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EXO	33	17	chua	grammar-connect-logic-result	גַּ֣ם אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה כִּֽי־מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם	1	you have found favor in my eyes	Here, **for** signals a reason clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because you have found favor in my eyes, and I know you by name, I will also do this thing that you have spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	33	17	ln7y	figs-idiom	מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י	1	you have found favor in my eyes	Here, **you have found favor in my eyes** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	33	17	aln2	figs-yousingular	מָצָ֤אתָ	1	General Information:	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 EXO	33	17	u2nv	figs-idiom	וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם	1	I know you by name	To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “and I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ EXO	33	19	d4z9		וְ⁠קָרָ֧אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֛ם יְהוָ֖ה	1	I
 EXO	33	19	vqq6	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠חַנֹּתִי֙ אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָחֹ֔ן וְ⁠רִחַמְתִּ֖י אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲרַחֵֽם	1	I will make all my goodness pass before you	These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They stress Yahweh’s divine prerogative to do whatever he wants. The structure also parallels Yahweh’s I AM statements in [Exodus 3:14](../03/14.md). If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that Yahweh is graciously kind to exactly those and only those to whom he chooses to show kindness, and he does so without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EXO	33	20	c20q	writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	I will make all my goodness pass before you	In some languages it may be better to omit **And he said** at the start of this verse to avoid stopping and restarting the quotation. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 EXO	33	20	fyc0		כִּ֛י לֹֽא־יִרְאַ֥⁠נִי הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם וָ⁠חָֽי	1	I will make all my goodness pass before you	Alternate translation: “because no person can live after he has seen me”
-EXO	33	21	loep	writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	I will make all my goodness pass before you	In some languages it may be better to omit **And Yahweh said** at the start of this verse to avoid stopping and restarting the quotation.  Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+EXO	33	21	loep	writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	I will make all my goodness pass before you	In some languages it may be better to omit **And Yahweh said** at the start of this verse to avoid stopping and restarting the quotation. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 EXO	33	21	s4iy		הִנֵּ֥ה	1	See	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
 EXO	33	22	qhe6	figs-metaphor	בַּ⁠עֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י	1	See	Yahweh speaks of his **glory** as if it were an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	33	22	o5as	figs-abstractnouns	כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י	1	See	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ EXO	33	22	ivf5	figs-personification	וְ⁠שַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛⁠
 EXO	33	23	fmu8	figs-personification	וַ⁠הֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠רָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑⁠י וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ	1	you will see my back	The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be retained, if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be as if I stop covering you with a hand, and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 EXO	33	23	jq7t	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	you will see my back	Here, **but my face** is moved to the front of the clause to emphasize contrast with **my back**. If your language has a certain way of contrasting elements, be sure to make a strong contrast between Yahweh’s face and back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EXO	33	23	gw1n	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ	1	but my face will not be seen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	34	intro	smp6			0		# Exodus 34 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n\n*   v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain\n*   v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts\n*   v. 10-28 Covenant renewal\n*   v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n*   In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.\n*   Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.\n*   The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.\n*   Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.\n*   In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus), raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.\n*   The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.\n\n### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”\n\nThis phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
+EXO	34	intro	smp6			0		# Exodus 34 General Notes<br><br>## Outline<br><br>* v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain<br>* v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts<br>* v. 10-28 Covenant renewal<br>* v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>* In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.<br>* Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.<br>* The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.<br>* Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.<br>* In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus), raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.<br>* The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.<br><br>### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”<br><br>This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
 EXO	34	1	ppyw	writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	tablets of stone	Yahweh continues to speak to Moses, but there is a change of topic here, so you may want to retain the speech introduction. However, if it would be misunderstood, you could simply continue the quotation from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Yahweh continued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 EXO	34	1	zf77	figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁ֥ר שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ	1	tablets of stone	This clause reminds the reader of what tablets are being mentioned by reminding you of what had happened to the previous tablets. If it would be more helpful in your language to attach it to the first mention of the tablets in this verse, you could rearrange it like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 EXO	34	1	s1kv		לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים	1	tablets of stone	Alternate translation: “flat slabs of stone” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md)
@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ EXO	34	3	ck6d	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠גַם־אִ֥ישׁ אַל־יֵרָ֖א ב
 EXO	34	3	x3rx		גַּם־הַ⁠צֹּ֤אן וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ אַל־יִרְע֔וּ אֶל־מ֖וּל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠הֽוּא	1	No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain	Alternate translation: “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.”
 EXO	34	5	sp7f	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שָׁ֑ם וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א	1	stood with Moses there	The pronouns are not clear here, but the referents are probably as in the following alternate translation: “and Yahweh stood with Moses there, and Yahweh proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	34	5	r9ey	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה	1	he pronounced the name “Yahweh.”	This could mean: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	34	6	fz1q	figs-123person	יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן	1	Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious	God is speaking about himself.  If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO	34	6	fz1q	figs-123person	יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן	1	Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious	God is speaking about himself. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	34	6	t0kd	figs-doublet	רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן	1	Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious	This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly toward them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EXO	34	6	f7iq	figs-idiom	אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם	1	Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious	The phrase **long of nostril** is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	34	6	j7we	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת	1	abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. (For **covenant faithfulness**, see [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md)). Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ EXO	34	7	x90l	figs-hyperbole	לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים	1	But he will	This large
 EXO	34	7	dxkb	figs-metonymy	לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים	1	But he will	The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “to innumerable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	34	7	hllt	figs-litany	עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַטָּאָ֑ה	1	But he will	This list is meant to convey the idea of every kind of wrong. If a list like this would be misunderstood in your language you may need to use other terms or forms to make this point. Alternate translation: “every kind of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 EXO	34	7	e2qc	figs-abstractnouns	עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַטָּאָ֑ה…עֲוֺ֣ן	1	But he will	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **iniquity, transgression, and sin**, you could express the same ideas in another way., as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EXO	34	7	x397	figs-123person	וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה	1	he will by no means clear the guilty	Yahweh is speaking about himself.  If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “But I will certainly not acquit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO	34	7	x397	figs-123person	וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה	1	he will by no means clear the guilty	Yahweh is speaking about himself. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “But I will certainly not acquit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	34	7	ts1b	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה	1	will by no means clear the guilty	Whom Yahweh will not acquit is not stated. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translations: “But he will certainly not clear the guilty” or “But he will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “But he will certainly not free guilty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	34	7	lyrg	figs-metonymy	עֲוֺ֣ן	1	will by no means clear the guilty	Here, **iniquity** refers to the consequences or the punishment for iniquity. Alternate translation: “the punishment for the iniquity of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	34	7	px85	figs-metaphor	פֹּקֵ֣ד׀ עֲוֺ֣ן אָב֗וֹת עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים	1	He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children	The **iniquity of the fathers** is spoken of as if it were something capable of **visiting** people. This means that Yahweh makes the consequences of people’s sins affect their descendants. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “punishing the sons and the sons of the sons for the iniquity of the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ EXO	34	15	d1m0	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽה
 EXO	34	15	vijl	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠קָרָ֣א לְ⁠ךָ֔	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	Here, what the inhabitant will invite the Israelite to is not stated, but can be inferred from context. At the most basic level it is an invitation to eat food the Israelites were forbidden to eat. It is unclear how much more participation in worshiping false gods is implied. If your language requires that you specify what the Israelite is being invited into you may have to add some information. Alternate translation: “and he will invite you to eat from his sacrifice” or “and he will invite you to a feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	34	15	ygd9	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	The first part of the sin Yahweh is warning against in this and the next verse is to **eat from his sacrifice**. This clause is the result of disobedience regarding the **covenant** and the logical conclusion of the series of hypothetical events Yahweh presents before this. Alternate translation: “as a result, you will eat from his sacrifice” or “then you will eat from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	34	15	hhbc	figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	Here, **and you eat from his sacrifice** may represent any and all parts of the worship of the other nations’ false gods. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-EXO	34	15	bj2i	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god explicitly.  Alternate translation: “and you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	34	15	bj2i	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god explicitly. Alternate translation: “and you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	34	16	jaic	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical		0	you will eat some of his sacrifice	The string of hypothetical actions, each with its logical result continues throughout this verse. Continue translating the transitions between clauses as you decided in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 EXO	34	16	d4ma	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ בְנֹתָ֗י⁠ו אַחֲרֵי֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠הֶ֔ן	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. This metaphor is most often used regarding the unfaithfulness of the Israelites. The metaphor is not quite as clear with the other nations because while Yahweh is the only true God, he is not in special covenant with the other nations as their god. However, since the worship is still impurely following false gods, the metaphor is used here. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and his daughters worship their gods” or “and his daughters worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	34	16	k0lr	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. The metaphor is clear here since it is referring to Israelite men who should be Yahweh worshipers. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and cause your sons to worship their gods” or “and cause your sons to worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2279,8 +2279,8 @@ EXO	34	30	yn9s	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֖וּ	1	had
 EXO	34	32	kt23		וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֕⁠ם אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אִתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	all the commands that Yahweh had given him	This means that Moses commanded the Israelites to obey everything Yahweh had commanded Moses to command the Israelites to do.
 EXO	34	34	fzm1	grammar-connect-time-background		0	he would remove	This and the next verse give a general statement about Moses’s practice for an unstated amount of time (it was probably from this point until his death as he continued to talk to Yahweh). You should mark this with a form in your language that is used for on-going action like **would** or the UST’s “Whenever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 EXO	34	34	m1sv	figs-activepassive	יְצֻוֶּֽה	1	what he was commanded	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	35	intro	lew9			0		# Exodus 35 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure\r\n\r\n- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command\r\n- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))\r\n- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the Dwelling complex\r\n- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed\r\n- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the Dwelling complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.\n- Many items, materials, and processes for building the Dwelling may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.\n\n<br>
-EXO	35	2	hfaq			0		This verse is very similar to [Exodus 31:15](../31/15.md).<br>
+EXO	35	intro	lew9			0		# Exodus 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure\r<br>\r<br>- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command\r<br>- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))\r<br>- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the Dwelling complex\r<br>- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed\r<br>- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things<br><br>## Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the Dwelling complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.<br>- Many items, materials, and processes for building the Dwelling may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.<br><br>
+EXO	35	2	hfaq			0		This verse is very similar to [Exodus 31:15](../31/15.md).
 EXO	35	2	g6oe	translate-numbers	שֵׁ֣שֶׁת	1	the seventh day	Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	35	2	c559	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	the seventh day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “but on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	35	2	ax6u	figs-activepassive	שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִים֮ תֵּעָשֶׂ֣ה מְלָאכָה֒	1	Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Six days you shall work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2325,11 +2325,11 @@ EXO	35	18	n44r		יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת	1	tent pegs	These were sharp
 EXO	35	19	x1pc			0	finely-woven garments	Except for **for serving in the Holy Place** and two “ands,” this verse is identical to [31:10](../31/10.md).
 EXO	35	20	w6rg	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶֽׁה	1	all the tribes of Israel	Alternate translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	35	21	p2ls	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ	1	all the tribes of Israel	These two phrases parallel each other and mean the same thing. It would be good to keep this poetic repetition in your translation unless it would be misunderstood. If repetition here would not highlight the joyful giving spirit of the Israelites in your language, you may need to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Everyone who was motivated, body and soul, came and gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EXO	35	21	r34y	figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ	1	all the tribes of Israel	Here, **heart** and **spirit** both refer to a person's will, their desire to do something. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using different body and spirit words or concepts which you can use. If your language would not express a person's will in this way, you could translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “And every man whose will lifted him came, and all who felt impelled brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+EXO	35	21	r34y	figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ	1	all the tribes of Israel	Here, **heart** and **spirit** both refer to a person’s will, their desire to do something. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using different body and spirit words or concepts which you can use. If your language would not express a person’s will in this way, you could translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “And every man whose will lifted him came, and all who felt impelled brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	35	21	ckmu	figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ	1	all the tribes of Israel	Here, **heart lifted** is a metaphor for being willing or excited. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using a different body part or a different action. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who was excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	35	21	u7kq	figs-gendernotations	כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ	1	all the tribes of Israel	Here, **man, whose,** and **him** all refer to men and women in a general way. This is made explicit in the next verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you may use terms that include men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 EXO	35	21	kew0	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠לְ⁠בִגְדֵ֖י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	all the tribes of Israel	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. See how you translated this in [28:2](../28/02.md). Alternate translation: “and for the holy clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EXO	35	22	mwx8	figs-synecdoche	כֹּ֣ל׀ נְדִ֣יב לֵ֗ב	1	all who had a willing heart	Here, **heart** refers to a person's will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. This is a shortening and combining of the figure used in the [previous verse](../35/21.md): **heart** and **impelled** are brought together. See how you translated these ideas in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “anyone whose will impelled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+EXO	35	22	mwx8	figs-synecdoche	כֹּ֣ל׀ נְדִ֣יב לֵ֗ב	1	all who had a willing heart	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. This is a shortening and combining of the figure used in the [previous verse](../35/21.md): **heart** and **impelled** are brought together. See how you translated these ideas in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “anyone whose will impelled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	35	22	yzsw		ל׀ נְדִ֣יב	1	all who had a willing heart	Alternate translation: “who were impelled of”
 EXO	35	22	wwp2	figs-litany	חָ֣ח וָ⁠נֶ֜זֶם וְ⁠טַבַּ֤עַת וְ⁠כוּמָז֙ כָּל־כְּלִ֣י זָהָ֔ב	1	brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments	These are different kinds of jewelry. The exact identity of each object is not known. The phrase **all of the things of gold** could either modify the whole list, meaning “all these items were made of gold,” or could mean “many other gold things.” If taken as a summary statement, in some languages it may be clearer to move it to the front of the list. Alternate translation: “all kinds of gold jewelry including necklaces, nose rings, signet rings, and gold ornaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 EXO	35	22	frci	figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠כָל־אִ֕ישׁ	1	brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments	Although the term **men** is used, the word here is used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “And every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ EXO	35	34	ab2z	translate-names	וְ⁠אָֽהֳלִיאָ֥ב…אֲחִיסָ
 EXO	35	35	ehu7			0	filled them with skill	This verse summarizes and pulls together many previously mentioned things. See [28:3](../28/03.md) (**skill of heart**), [25:4](../25/04.md) (for materials), [26:36](../26/36.md) (**embroiderer**), [28:32](../28/32.md) (**weaver**), [26:31](../26/31.md) (**skillful workman**), [31:3](../31/03.md) (**craftsman**), [28:6](../28/06.md) (**designer of designs**).
 EXO	35	35	rcv9	figs-metaphor	מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜⁠ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב	1	filled them with skill	Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	35	35	jvtd	figs-synecdoche	חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב	1	filled them with skill	Here, **of heart** refers to possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-EXO	36	intro	nz4n			0		# Exodus 36 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n\n\r\n\r\n*   v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction\r\n*   v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already -v. 8-38: construction of the Dwelling, verse-by-verse quotations marked below\r\n    *   v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)\r\n    *   v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)\r\n    *   v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)\r\n    *   v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)\n\n\n## Translation issues\n\n*   The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.\n*   Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes; some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.\n*   Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he**is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n<br>
+EXO	36	intro	nz4n			0		# Exodus 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>\r<br>\r<br>* v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction\r<br>* v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already -v. 8-38: construction of the Dwelling, verse-by-verse quotations marked below\r<br>    * v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)\r<br>    * v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)\r<br>    * v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)\r<br>    * v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)<br><br>## Translation issues<br><br>* The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.<br>* Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes; some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.<br>* Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he**is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>
 EXO	36	1	ubk2			0	General Information:	This verse is the end of a quotation from Moses that begin in [35:30](../35/30.md). It should be connected as visually as possible to the previous verses, as the chapter break here is poorly placed.
 EXO	36	1	ds99	translate-names	בְצַלְאֵ֨ל וְ⁠אָהֳלִיאָ֜ב	1	Bezalel	**Bezalel and Oholiab** are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) and [31:6](../31/06.md) as well as in the end of [chapter 35](../35/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	36	1	y1h1	figs-gendernotations	אִ֣ישׁ	1	Bezalel	We know from [35:25](../35/25.md) that women were included in the skilled workers, so **man** means every person. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ EXO	36	35	pfc5			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodu
 EXO	36	36	hg2q			0	General Information:	Aside from some verbal differences, this verse is very similar to [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md).
 EXO	36	37	r5ya			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
 EXO	36	38	pr67			0	General Information:	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md).
-EXO	37	intro	mt99			0		# Exodus 37 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure\r\n\r\n- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)\r\n- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)\r\n- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)\r\n- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)\r\n- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md)\n\n\n## Potential translation issues\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the Dwelling and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.\nBe sure to consult your previous work for consistency.\n- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n<br>
+EXO	37	intro	mt99			0		# Exodus 37 General Notes<br><br>## Structure\r<br>\r<br>- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)\r<br>- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)\r<br>- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)\r<br>- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)\r<br>- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md)<br><br>## Potential translation issues<br><br>- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the Dwelling and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.<br>Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.<br>- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>
 EXO	37	1	byr3			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md).
 EXO	37	2	kb3s			0	General Information:	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md).
 EXO	37	3	pb6v			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md).
@@ -2452,7 +2452,7 @@ EXO	37	26	ep66			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodu
 EXO	37	27	zez2			0	General Information:	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md).
 EXO	37	28	hw37			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md).
 EXO	37	29	c992			0	General Information:	For the **oil**, see [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md), and for the **incense** see [25:6](../25/06.md) and [30:35](../30/35.md).
-EXO	38	intro	hp86			0		# Exodus 38 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the Dwelling and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.\nBe sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-20 of this chapter follow [Exodus 27:1-19](../27/01.md) almost verse for verse.\n- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n<br>
+EXO	38	intro	hp86			0		# Exodus 38 General Notes<br><br>- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the Dwelling and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.<br>Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-20 of this chapter follow [Exodus 27:1-19](../27/01.md) almost verse for verse.<br>- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>
 EXO	38	1	r81c			0	General Information	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md).
 EXO	38	2	g71x			0	General Information	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
 EXO	38	3	v73t			0	General Information	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md).
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ EXO	38	8	mdx9	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠מַרְאֹת֙	1	He made the basin out of
 EXO	38	9	clk6			0	General Information:	This verse is similar to [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md).
 EXO	38	10	nz6q			0	General Information	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
 EXO	38	11	mp6n			0	General Information	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md).
-EXO	38	11	xl4c	figs-ellipsis	מֵאָ֣ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה	1	cubits	Here, “the curtains of the courtyard” and “long” are both omitted. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.  Alternate translation: “the curtains of the courtyard were 100 cubits long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	38	11	xl4c	figs-ellipsis	מֵאָ֣ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה	1	cubits	Here, “the curtains of the courtyard” and “long” are both omitted. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the curtains of the courtyard were 100 cubits long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	38	12	g5iz			0	General Information	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md).
 EXO	38	13	iju3			0	General Information	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md).
 EXO	38	14	n1xj			0	General Information	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md).
@@ -2480,12 +2480,12 @@ EXO	38	21	k2ex	figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד	1	as it was ta
 EXO	38	21	qivw	figs-idiom	עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	Ithamar	This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	38	21	op5h	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן	1	Ithamar	Here, **by the hand of** could mean: (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “written down by Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	38	21	ex1t	translate-names	אִֽיתָמָ֔ר	1	Ithamar	**Ithamar** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EXO	38	22	d86g	translate-names	וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר	1	Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur	**Bezalel**,  **Uri,** and **Hur** are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EXO	38	22	d86g	translate-names	וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר	1	Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur	**Bezalel**, **Uri,** and **Hur** are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	38	22	i4ha	figs-ellipsis	מֹשֶֽׁה	1	Yahweh had commanded Moses	This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “Moses to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	38	23	f93b	translate-names	אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ	1	Oholiab son of Ahisamak	**Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	38	23	wvw4		חָרָ֣שׁ וְ⁠חֹשֵׁ֑ב וְ⁠רֹקֵ֗ם בַּ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וּ⁠בָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן וּ⁠בְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י וּ⁠בַ⁠שֵּֽׁשׁ	1	an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer	This is very similar to part of [Exodus 35:35](../35/35.md).
 EXO	38	24	tl4k	figs-activepassive	כָּל־הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב הֶֽ⁠עָשׂוּי֙	1	All the gold that was used for the project	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the craftsmen used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	38	24	y7hy	translate-bweight	תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	twenty-nine talents	A talent is about 34 kilograms, and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+EXO	38	24	y7hy	translate-bweight	תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	twenty-nine talents	A talent is about 34 kilograms, and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 EXO	38	25	ni5b	translate-bweight	מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אֶלֶף֩ וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	one hundred talents	A talent is about 34 kilograms, and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 EXO	38	26	rp46			0	one hundred talents	See how you translated many of the same things in [Exodus 30:13-14](../30/13.md).
 EXO	38	26	t2gi	translate-bweight	בֶּ֚קַע לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ	1	one beka	A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -2493,18 +2493,18 @@ EXO	38	26	fyy5	translate-fraction	מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל	1	h
 EXO	38	26	nvf8	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הָ⁠עֹבֵ֜ר עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֗ים מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה לְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	half a shekel	Here the account leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The idea that this silver was “received” **from** these “men” is left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “received from every passer over to the counted ones from a son of 20 years and older—received from 603,550 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	38	26	ll8b	figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙	1	This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census	This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	38	27	p7r5	translate-bweight	מְאַת֙ כִּכַּ֣ר	1	One hundred talents of silver were cast	A talent is about 34 kilograms. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-EXO	38	28	nxf5	figs-ellipsis	הָ⁠אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֤ע הַ⁠מֵּאוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֔ים	1	Bezalel	Here the words **shekels of silver** have been omitted because they are understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.  Alternate translation: “the 1,775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	38	28	nxf5	figs-ellipsis	הָ⁠אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֤ע הַ⁠מֵּאוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֔ים	1	Bezalel	Here the words **shekels of silver** have been omitted because they are understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the 1,775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	38	28	rcda			0	Bezalel	See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
 EXO	38	29	p3mr	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל	1	seventy talents and 2,400 shekels	A talent is about 34 kilograms, and a shekel is about 11 grams. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 EXO	38	30	rck7		מִכְבַּ֥ר	1	grate	A **grate** is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
 EXO	38	31	bvr9		יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת	1	tent pegs	These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
-EXO	39	intro	mll6			0		# Exodus 39 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced to the correct specifications in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\nBe sure to consult your previous work to maintain consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).\n- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n<br>
+EXO	39	intro	mll6			0		# Exodus 39 General Notes<br><br>- This chapter continues the record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced to the correct specifications in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br>Be sure to consult your previous work to maintain consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).<br>- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>
 EXO	39	1	h8kg			0	as Yahweh had commanded Moses	See how you translated similar instructions in [Exodus 28:4-5](../28/04.md).
 EXO	39	1	e1xh	figs-abstractnouns	בִּגְדֵ֤י הַ⁠קֹּ֨דֶשׁ֙	1	as Yahweh had commanded Moses	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated this in [28:2](../28/02.md). Alternate translation: “the holy clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	39	2	b9mg			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md).
 EXO	39	4	pq62			0	Connecting Statement:	This verse is very similar to [28:7](../28/07.md).
 EXO	39	5	g75w			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
-EXO	39	6	k7vw			0	General Information:	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and especially [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Here, as there, the  **sons of Israel** literally means the twelve sons, Rueben through Benjamin, not the Israelite nation.
+EXO	39	6	k7vw			0	General Information:	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and especially [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Here, as there, the **sons of Israel** literally means the twelve sons, Rueben through Benjamin, not the Israelite nation.
 EXO	39	7	ize6			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to the first half of [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md).
 EXO	39	8	mlf6			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md); a few words are omitted here.
 EXO	39	9	lkt1			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md); a few words are added or repeated here.
@@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ EXO	39	41	z3ip			0	the Dwelling, the tent of meeting	This verse is identical to
 EXO	39	42	ct6k			0	Thus the people	This verse is almost identical to the second half of [verse 32](../39/32.md).
 EXO	39	43	t26m		וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙	1	behold	Here, the word **behold** draws attention to the information that follows. Use a word or marking in your language that draws attention to the next information.
 EXO	39	43	z79s	writing-endofstory		0	As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it	This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this, consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-EXO	40	intro	fa6e			0		# Exodus 40 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses** is repeated seven times, as in the previous chapter, to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.\n- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel verses 2-8 in an expanded way.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n- The **Dwelling** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing, but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing, you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.\n- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like with Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the Dwelling. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.\n- “the glory of Yahweh filled the Dwelling”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the Dwelling, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n<br>
+EXO	40	intro	fa6e			0		# Exodus 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses** is repeated seven times, as in the previous chapter, to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.<br>- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel verses 2-8 in an expanded way.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>- The **Dwelling** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing, but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing, you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.<br>- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like with Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the Dwelling. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.<br>- “the glory of Yahweh filled the Dwelling”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the Dwelling, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br><br>
 EXO	40	1	ea7j	writing-newevent		0		There is a transition to a new event at the beginning of this chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	40	2	bgv1	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠יוֹם־הַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “On day one of the month, in month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	40	2	gzk3	figs-doublet	מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד	1	the first day of the first month of the new year	These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Dwelling, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])